Fix leak of the 'encryptopts' string, which was mistakenly
declared const.
Fix leak of QemuOpts entry which should not have been deleted
from the opts array.
Reported by: coverity
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170714103105.5781-1-berrange@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The sm501 device uses vmstate_register_ram_global() to register its
memory region for migration. This means it gets a name that is
assumed to be global to the whole system, which in turn means that if
you create two of the device we assert because of the duplication:
qemu-system-ppc -device sm501 -device sm501
RAMBlock "sm501.local" already registered, abort!
Aborted (core dumped)
Changing this to just use memory_region_init_ram()'s automatic
registration of the memory region with a device-local name fixes
this. The downside is that it breaks migration compatibility, but
luckily we only added migration support to this device in the 2.10
release cycle so we haven't released a QEMU version with the broken
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500309462-12792-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Various changes for the s390x code:
- updates for cpu model handling
- fix compilation with --disable-tcg
- fixes in vfio-ccw and I/O instruction handling
# gpg: Signature made Tue 25 Jul 2017 10:15:37 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xDECF6B93C6F02FAF
# gpg: Good signature from "Cornelia Huck <conny@cornelia-huck.de>"
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <huckc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cohuck@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: C3D0 D66D C362 4FF6 A8C0 18CE DECF 6B93 C6F0 2FAF
* remotes/cohuck/tags/s390x-20170725:
s390x/css: fix ilen in IO instruction handlers
target/s390x: Add remaining switches to compile with --disable-tcg
target/s390x: Move exception-related functions to a new excp_helper.c file
target/s390x: Rework program_interrupt() and related functions
target/s390x: Move diag helpers to a separate file
target/s390x: Move s390_cpu_dump_state() to helper.c
target/s390x: improve baselining if certain base features are missing
s390x/kvm: better comment regarding zPCI feature availability
target/s390x: introduce (test|set)_be_bit
target/s390x: indicate query subfunction in s390_fill_feat_block
target/s390x: drop BE_BIT()
s390/cpumodel: remove KSS from the default model of z14
vfio/ccw: fix initialization of the Object DeviceState pointer in the common base-device
vfio/ccw: allocate irq info with the right size
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
ppc patch queue 2017-07-25
Last pull request for the 2.10 hard freeze, and correspondingly small.
There are a handful of bugfixes here plus an update for the "pseries"
guest firmware (SLOF).
This is later than ideal for a guest firmware update. However, this
does include a number of fixes in that guest firmware, so I think it's
worth the risk of squeezing this in just before the hard freeze.
# gpg: Signature made Tue 25 Jul 2017 06:43:14 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x6C38CACA20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (kernel.org) <dwg@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.10-20170725:
pseries: Update SLOF firmware image
spapr: Fix QEMU abort during memory unplug
spapr/htab: fix savevm
spapr_pci: Fix obsolete comment about MSIX encoding in addr/data
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
When initiating a program check interruption by calling program_interrupt
the instruction length (ilen) of the current instruction is supplied as
the third parameter.
On s390x all the IO instructions are of instruction format S and their
ilen is 4. The calls to program_interrupt (introduced by commits
7b18aad543 ("s390: Add channel I/O instructions.", 2013-01-24) and
61bf0dcb2e ("s390x/ioinst: Add missing alignment checks for IO
instructions", 2013-06-21)) however use ilen == 2.
This is probably due to a confusion between ilen which specifies the
instruction length in bytes and ILC which does the same but in halfwords.
If kvm_enabled() this does not actually matter, because the ilen
parameter of program_interrupt is effectively unused.
Let's provide the correct ilen to program_interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 7b18aad543 ("s390: Add channel I/O instructions.")
Fixes: 61bf0dcb2e ("s390x/ioinst: Add missing alignment checks for IO instructions")
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170724143452.55534-1-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
These functions can not be compiled with --disable-tcg. But since we
need the other functions from helper.c in the non-tcg build, we can also
not simply remove helper.c from the non-tcg builds. Thus the problematic
functions have to be moved into a separate new file instead that we
can later omit in the non-tcg builds.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500886370-14572-5-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
misc_helper.c won't be compiled with --disable-tcg anymore, but we
still need the program_interrupt() function in that case. Move it
to interrupt.c instead, and refactor it to re-use the code from
trigger_pgm_exception() (for TCG) and enter_pgmcheck() (for KVM,
which now got renamed to kvm_s390_program_interrupt() for
clarity).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500886370-14572-4-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
translate.c can not be compiled with --disable-tcg, but we need
the s390_cpu_dump_state() in KVM-only builds, too. So let's move
that function to helper.c instead, which will also be compiled
when --disable-tcg has been specified.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500886370-14572-2-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
There are certain features that we put into base models, but that are
not relevant for the actual search. The most famous example are
MSA subfunctions that might be disabled on certain real hardware out
there.
While the kvm host model detection will usually detect the correct model
on such machines (as it will in the common case not pass features to check
for into s390_find_cpu_def()), baselining will fall back to a quite old
model just because some MSA subfunctions are missing.
Let's improve that by ignoring lack of these features while performing
the search for a base model.
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170720123721.12366-6-david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Using ordinary bitmap operations to set/test bits does not work properly
on architectures !s390x. Let's drop (test|set)_bit_inv and introduce
(test|set)_be_bit instead. These functions work on uint8_t array, not on
unsigned longs arrays and are for now only used in the context of
CPU features.
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170720123721.12366-4-david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
The main changes are:
- fixes in PCI bridges code;
- LUN>255 are allowed not in virtio-scsi.
The full list is:
> pci-scan: Fix pci-bridge-set-mem-base and pci-bridge-set-mem-limit
> pci: Avoid 32-bit prefetchable memory area if possible
> Remove unused functions ishexdigit and $cat-comma
> pci: Translate PCI addresses to host addresses at the end of map-in
> Define 'open' and 'close' words of the /aliases nodes right from the start
> virtio-scsi: Allow LUNs bigger than 255
> paflof: Silence gcc's -Warray-bounds warning for stack pointers
> board_qemu: move code out of fdt-fix-node-phandle
> board_qemu: drop unused values early in fdt-fix-node-phandle
> pci: Improve the pci-var-out debug function
> libhvcall: drop unused KVMPPC_H_REPORT_MC_ERR and KVMPPC_H_NMI_MCE defines
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Commit 0cffce56 (hw/ppc/spapr.c: adding pending_dimm_unplugs to
sPAPRMachineState) introduced a new way to track pending LMBs of DIMM
device that is marked for removal. Since this commit we can hit the
assert in spapr_pending_dimm_unplugs_add() in the following situation:
- DIMM device removal fails as the guest doesn't allow the removal.
- Subsequent attempt to remove the same DIMM would hit the assert
as the corresponding sPAPRDIMMState is still part of the
pending_dimm_unplugs list.
Fix this by removing the assert and conditionally adding the
sPAPRDIMMState to pending_dimm_unplugs list only when it is not
already present.
Fixes: 0cffce56ae
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[dwg: Tweaked to avoid returning NULL when spapr_pending_dimm_unplugs_add()
does find an existing entry]
Reviewed-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Commit 3a38429 ("spapr: Add a "no HPT" encoding to HTAB migration stream")
allows to migrate an empty HPT, but doesn't mark correctly the
end of the migration stream.
The end condition (value returned by htab_save_iterate())
should be 1, whereas in 3a38429 it returns 0.
The problem can be reproduced with QEMU monitor command "savevm":
the command never stops and the disk image grows without limit.
Fixes: 3a38429748
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
f1c2dc7c86 "spapr-pci: rework MSI/MSIX" (07/2013) changed MSIX encoding
but forgot to change the comment so this changes it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Instead of migrating the flash by creating the memory region
with memory_region_init_ram_nomigrate() and then calling
vmstate_register_ram_global(), just use memory_region_init_ram(),
which now handles migration registration automatically.
This is a migration compatibility break for the integratorcp
board, because the RAM region's migration name changes to
include the device path. This is OK because we don't guarantee
migration compatibility for this board.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1500310341-28931-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The fsl-imx* boards accidentally forgot to register the ROM memory
regions for migration. This used to require a manual step of calling
vmstate_register_ram(), but following commits
1cfe48c1ce21..b08199c6fbea194 we can use memory_region_init_rom() to
have it do the migration for us.
This is a migration break, but the migration code currently does not
handle the case of having two RAM regions which were not registered
for migration, and so prior to this commit a migration load would
always fail with:
"qemu-system-arm: Length mismatch: 0x4000 in != 0x18000: Invalid argument"
NB: migration appears at this point to be broken for this board
anyway -- it succeeds but the destination hangs; probably some
device in the system does not yet support migration.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1500309775-18361-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Test cases 030, 041 and 055 used to sleep for a second after calling
block-job-pause to make sure that the block job had time to actually
get into paused state. We can instead poll its status and use that one
second only as a timeout.
The tests also slept a second for checking that the block jobs don't
make progress while being paused. Half a second is more than enough for
this.
These changes reduce the total time for the three tests by 25 seconds on
my laptop (from 155 seconds to 130).
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Commits 0db832f and 6cdbceb introduced the automatic insertion of filter
nodes above the top layer of mirror and commit block jobs. The
assumption made there was that since libvirt doesn't do node-level
management of the block layer yet, it shouldn't be affected by added
nodes.
This is true as far as commands issued by libvirt are concerned. It only
uses BlockBackend names to address nodes, so any operations it performs
still operate on the root of the tree as intended.
However, the assumption breaks down when you consider query commands,
which return data for the wrong node now. These commands also return
information on some child nodes (bs->file and/or bs->backing), which
libvirt does make use of, and which refer to the wrong nodes, too.
One of the consequences is that oVirt gets wrong information about the
image size and stops the VM in response as long as a mirror or commit
job is running:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1470634
This patch fixes the problem by hiding the implicit nodes created
automatically by the mirror and commit block jobs in the output of
query-block and BlockBackend-based query-blockstats as long as the user
doesn't indicate that they are aware of those nodes by providing a node
name for them in the QMP command to start the block job.
The node-based commands query-named-block-nodes and query-blockstats
with query-nodes=true still show all nodes, including implicit ones.
This ensures that users that are capable of node-level management can
still access the full information; users that only know BlockBackends
won't use these commands.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Krempa <pkrempa@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
We used MAX() instead of the intended MIN() when computing how many
sectors to view in the current loop iteration of qcow2_measure(),
and passed in a value of INT_MAX sectors instead of our more usual
limit of BDRV_REQUEST_MAX_SECTORS (the latter avoids 32-bit overflow
on conversion to bytes). For small files, the bug is harmless:
bdrv_get_block_status_above() clamps its *pnum answer to the BDS
size, regardless of any insanely larger input request. However, for
any file at least 2T in size, we can very easily end up going into an
infinite loop (the maximum of 0x100000000 sectors and INT_MAX is a
64-bit quantity, which becomes 0 when assigned to int; once nb_sectors
is 0, we never make progress).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We've been documenting the value in bytes since its introduction
in commit b9a9b3a4 (v1.3), where it was actually reported in bytes.
Commit e4654d2 (v2.0) then removed things from block/qapi.c, in
preparation for a rewrite to a list of dirty sectors in the next
commit 21b5683 in block.c, but the new code mistakenly started
reporting in sectors.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1441460
CC: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
A run of './check -qcow2 -g quick' on my machine produced only
two tests that took longer than 5 seconds; 178 took 18, and
189 took 7. Remove them from the quick group.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
QAPI patches for 2017-07-18
# gpg: Signature made Mon 24 Jul 2017 12:40:56 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x3870B400EB918653
# gpg: Good signature from "Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Markus Armbruster <armbru@pond.sub.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 354B C8B3 D7EB 2A6B 6867 4E5F 3870 B400 EB91 8653
* remotes/armbru/tags/pull-qapi-2017-07-18-v2:
migration: Use JSON null instead of "" to reset parameter to default
migration: Unshare MigrationParameters struct for now
migration: Add TODO comments on duplication of QAPI_CLONE()
migration: Clean up around tls_creds, tls_hostname
hmp: Clean up and simplify hmp_migrate_set_parameter()
block: Use JSON null instead of "" to disable backing file
tests/test-qobject-input-visitor: Drop redundant test
qapi: Introduce a first class 'null' type
qapi: Use QNull for a more regular visit_type_null()
qapi: Separate type QNull from QObject
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Clang 3.9 passes the CONFIG_AVX2_OPT configure test. However, the
supplied <cpuid.h> does not contain the bit_AVX2 define that we use
when detecting whether the routine can be enabled.
Introduce a qemu-specific header that uses the compiler's definition
of __cpuid et al, but supplies any missing bit_* definitions needed.
This avoids introducing any extra ifdefs to util/bufferiszero.c, and
allows quite a few to be removed from tcg/i386/tcg-target.inc.c.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20170719044018.18063-1-rth@twiddle.net
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
migrate-set-parameters sets migration parameters according to is
arguments like this:
* Present means "set the parameter to this value"
* Absent means "leave the parameter unchanged"
* Except for parameters tls_creds and tls_hostname, "" means "reset
the parameter to its default value
The first two are perfectly normal: presence of the parameter makes
the command do something.
The third one overloads the parameter with a second meaning. The
overloading is *implicit*, i.e. it's not visible in the types. Works
here, because "" is neither a valid TLS credentials ID, nor a valid
host name.
Pressing argument values the schema accepts, but are semantically
invalid, into service to mean "reset to default" is not general, as
suitable invalid values need not exist. I also find it ugly.
To clean this up, we could add a separate flag argument to ask for
"reset to default", or add a distinct value to @tls_creds and
@tls_hostname. This commit implements the latter: add JSON null to
the values of @tls_creds and @tls_hostname, deprecate "".
Because we're so close to the 2.10 freeze, implement it in the
stupidest way possible: have qmp_migrate_set_parameters() rewrite null
to "" before anything else can see the null. The proper way to do it
would be rewriting "" to null, but that requires fixing up code to
work with null. Add TODO comments for that.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Commit de63ab6 "migrate: Share common MigrationParameters struct"
reused MigrationParameters for the arguments of
migrate-set-parameters, with the following rationale:
It is rather verbose, and slightly error-prone, to repeat
the same set of parameters for input (migrate-set-parameters)
as for output (query-migrate-parameters), where the only
difference is whether the members are optional. We can just
document that the optional members will always be present
on output, and then share a common struct between both
commands. The next patch can then reduce the amount of
code needed on input.
I need to unshare them to correct a design flaw in a stupid, but
minimally invasive way, in the next commit. We can restore the
sharing when we redo that patch in a less stupid way. Add a suitable
TODO comment.
Note that I revert only the sharing part of commit de63ab6, not the
part that made the members of query-migrate-parameters' result
optional. The schema (and thus introspection) remains inaccurate for
query-migrate-parameters. If we decide not to restore the sharing, we
should revert that part, too.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
qmp_query_migrate_parameters() and qmp_migrate_set_parameters()
effectively duplicate QAPI_CLONE() inline. Add suitable TODO
comments.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Optional MigrationParameters members tls_creds and tls_hostname can't
actually be absent outside qmp_migrate_set_parameters() since commit
4af245d (v2.9.0).
Note that commit 4af245d reverted the part of commit de63ab6 (v2.8.0)
that made tls_creds and tls_hostname absent instead of "" in the value
of query-migrate-parameters, even though commit de63ab6 called that a
mistake. What a mess.
Drop the redundant tests for presence, and update documentation.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
The bulk of hmp_migrate_set_parameter()'s code sets one member of
MigrationParameters according to the command's arguments. It uses a
string visitor for integer and boolean members, but not for string and
size members. It calls visit_type_bool() right away, but delays
visit_type_int() some. The delaying requires a flag variable and a
bit of trickery: we set all integer members instead of just the one we
want, and rely on the has_FOOs to mask the unwanted ones.
Clean this up as follows. Don't delay calling visit_type_int(). Use
the string visitor for strings, too. This involves extra allocations
and cleanup, but doing them is simpler and cleaner than avoiding them.
Sadly, using the string visitor for sizes isn't possible, because it
defaults to Bytes rather than Mebibytes. Add a comment explaining
that.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
BlockdevRef is an alternate of BlockdevOptions (inline definition) and
str (reference to an existing block device by name). BlockdevRef
value "" is special: "no block device should be referenced." It's
actually interpreted that way in just one place: optional member
@backing of COW formats. Semantics:
* Present means "use this block device" as backing storage
* Absent means "default to the one stored in the image"
* Except "" means "don't use backing storage at all"
The first two are perfectly normal: when the parameter is absent, it
defaults to an implied value, but the value's meaning is the same.
The third one overloads the parameter with a second meaning. The
overloading is *implicit*, i.e. it's not visible in the types. Works
here, because "" is not a value block device ID.
Pressing argument values the schema accepts, but are semantically
invalid, into service to mean "do something else entirely" is not
general, as suitable invalid values need not exist. I also find it
ugly.
To clean this up, we could add a separate flag argument to suppress
@backing, or add a distinct value to @backing. This commit implements
the latter: add JSON null to the values of @backing, deprecate "".
Because we're so close to the 2.10 freeze, implement it in the
stupidest way possible: have qmp_blockdev_add() rewrite null to ""
before anything else can see the null. Works, because BlockdevRef
occurs only within arguments of blockdev-add. The proper way to do it
would be rewriting "" to null, preferably in a cleaner way, but that
requires fixing up code to work with null. Add a TODO comment for
that.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
test_visitor_in_alternate() tests UserDefAlternate with inadmissible
input. test_visitor_in_fail_alternate() does basically the same.
Drop the former, keep the latter.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
I expect the 'null' type to be useful mostly for members of alternate
types.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Make visit_type_null() take an @obj argument like its buddies. This
helps keep the next commit simple.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Under certain circumstances normal xen-mapcache functioning may be broken
by guest's actions. This may lead to either QEMU performing exit() due to
a caught bad pointer (and with QEMU process gone the guest domain simply
appears hung afterwards) or actual use of the incorrect pointer inside
QEMU address space -- a write to unmapped memory is possible. The bug is
hard to reproduce on a i440 machine as multiple DMA sources are required
(though it's possible in theory, using multiple emulated devices), but can
be reproduced somewhat easily on a Q35 machine using an emulated AHCI
controller -- each NCQ queue command slot may be used as an independent
DMA source ex. using READ FPDMA QUEUED command, so a single storage
device on the AHCI controller port will be enough to produce multiple DMAs
(up to 32). The detailed description of the issue follows.
Xen-mapcache provides an ability to map parts of a guest memory into
QEMU's own address space to work with.
There are two types of cache lookups:
- translating a guest physical address into a pointer in QEMU's address
space, mapping a part of guest domain memory if necessary (while trying
to reduce a number of such (re)mappings to a minimum)
- translating a QEMU's pointer back to its physical address in guest RAM
These lookups are managed via two linked-lists of structures.
MapCacheEntry is used for forward cache lookups, while MapCacheRev -- for
reverse lookups.
Every guest physical address is broken down into 2 parts:
address_index = phys_addr >> MCACHE_BUCKET_SHIFT;
address_offset = phys_addr & (MCACHE_BUCKET_SIZE - 1);
MCACHE_BUCKET_SHIFT depends on a system (32/64) and is equal to 20 for
a 64-bit system (which assumed for the further description). Basically,
this means that we deal with 1 MB chunks and offsets within those 1 MB
chunks. All mappings are created with 1MB-granularity, i.e. 1MB/2MB/3MB
etc. Most DMA transfers typically are less than 1MB, however, if the
transfer crosses any 1MB border(s) - than a nearest larger mapping size
will be used, so ex. a 512-byte DMA transfer with the start address
700FFF80h will actually require a 2MB range.
Current implementation assumes that MapCacheEntries are unique for a given
address_index and size pair and that a single MapCacheEntry may be reused
by multiple requests -- in this case the 'lock' field will be larger than
1. On other hand, each requested guest physical address (with 'lock' flag)
is described by each own MapCacheRev. So there may be multiple MapCacheRev
entries corresponding to a single MapCacheEntry. The xen-mapcache code
uses MapCacheRev entries to retrieve the address_index & size pair which
in turn used to find a related MapCacheEntry. The 'lock' field within
a MapCacheEntry structure is actually a reference counter which shows
a number of corresponding MapCacheRev entries.
The bug lies in ability for the guest to indirectly manipulate with the
xen-mapcache MapCacheEntries list via a special sequence of DMA
operations, typically for storage devices. In order to trigger the bug,
guest needs to issue DMA operations in specific order and timing.
Although xen-mapcache is protected by the mutex lock -- this doesn't help
in this case, as the bug is not due to a race condition.
Suppose we have 3 DMA transfers, namely A, B and C, where
- transfer A crosses 1MB border and thus uses a 2MB mapping
- transfers B and C are normal transfers within 1MB range
- and all 3 transfers belong to the same address_index
In this case, if all these transfers are to be executed one-by-one
(without overlaps), no special treatment necessary -- each transfer's
mapping lock will be set and then cleared on unmap before starting
the next transfer.
The situation changes when DMA transfers overlap in time, ex. like this:
|===== transfer A (2MB) =====|
|===== transfer B (1MB) =====|
|===== transfer C (1MB) =====|
time --->
In this situation the following sequence of actions happens:
1. transfer A creates a mapping to 2MB area (lock=1)
2. transfer B (1MB) tries to find available mapping but cannot find one
because transfer A is still in progress, and it has 2MB size + non-zero
lock. So transfer B creates another mapping -- same address_index,
but 1MB size.
3. transfer A completes, making 1st mapping entry available by setting its
lock to 0
4. transfer C starts and tries to find available mapping entry and sees
that 1st entry has lock=0, so it uses this entry but remaps the mapping
to a 1MB size
5. transfer B completes and by this time
- there are two locked entries in the MapCacheEntry list with the SAME
values for both address_index and size
- the entry for transfer B actually resides farther in list while
transfer C's entry is first
6. xen_ram_addr_from_mapcache() for transfer B gets correct address_index
and size pair from corresponding MapCacheRev entry, but then it starts
looking for MapCacheEntry with these values and finds the first entry
-- which belongs to transfer C.
At this point there may be following possible (bad) consequences:
1. xen_ram_addr_from_mapcache() will use a wrong entry->vaddr_base value
in this statement:
raddr = (reventry->paddr_index << MCACHE_BUCKET_SHIFT) +
((unsigned long) ptr - (unsigned long) entry->vaddr_base);
resulting in an incorrent raddr value returned from the function. The
(ptr - entry->vaddr_base) expression may produce both positive and negative
numbers and its actual value may differ greatly as there are many
map/unmap operations take place. If the value will be beyond guest RAM
limits then a "Bad RAM offset" error will be triggered and logged,
followed by exit() in QEMU.
2. If raddr value won't exceed guest RAM boundaries, the same sequence
of actions will be performed for xen_invalidate_map_cache_entry() on DMA
unmap, resulting in a wrong MapCacheEntry being unmapped while DMA
operation which uses it is still active. The above example must
be extended by one more DMA transfer in order to allow unmapping as the
first mapping in the list is sort of resident.
The patch modifies the behavior in which MapCacheEntry's are added to the
list, avoiding duplicates.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Gerasimenko <x1917x@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Solaris 9 was released in 2002, its successor Solaris 10 was
released in 2005, and Solaris 9 was end-of-lifed in 2014.
Nobody has stepped forward to express interest in supporting
Solaris of any flavour, so removing support for the ancient
versions seems uncontroversial.
In particular, this allows us to remove a use of 'uname'
in configure that won't work if you're cross-compiling.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499955697-28045-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For a very long time we have used 'uname -s' as our fallback if
we don't identify the target OS using a compiler #define. This
obviously doesn't work for cross-compilation, and we've had
a comment suggesting we fix this in configure for a long time.
Since we now have an exhaustive list of which OSes we can run
on (thanks to commit 898be3e041 making an unrecognized OS
be a fatal error), we know which ones we're missing.
Add check_define tests for the remaining OSes we support. The
defines checked are based on ones we already use in the codebase for
identifying the host OS (with the exception of GNU/kFreeBSD).
We can now set bogus_os immediately rather than doing it later.
We leave the comment about uname being bad untouched, since
there is still a use of it for the fallback for unrecognized
host CPU type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 1499958932-23839-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
On OpenBSD the compiler warns:
bsd-user/main.c:622:21: warning: variable 'sig' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This is because a lot of the signal delivery code is #if-0'd
out as unused. Reshuffle #ifdefs a bit to silence the warning.
(We make the minimum change here rather than removing all the
bsd-user patchset which should make this all work correctly and
there's no point giving them an awkward rebase task.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500395194-21455-5-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
On OpenBSD the compiler complains:
bsd-user/bsdload.c:54:17: warning: variable 'id_change' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This is dead code that was originally copied from linux-user.
We fixed this in linux-user in commit 331c23b5ca in 2011;
delete the useless code from bsd-user too.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500395194-21455-4-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
MIPS patches 2017-07-21
Changes:
* Add Enhanced Virtual Addressing (EVA) support
# gpg: Signature made Fri 21 Jul 2017 03:25:15 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x2238EB86D5F797C2
# gpg: Good signature from "Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 8600 4CF5 3415 A5D9 4CFA 2B5C 2238 EB86 D5F7 97C2
* remotes/yongbok/tags/mips-20170721:
target/mips: Enable CP0_EBase.WG on MIPS64 CPUs
target/mips: Add EVA support to P5600
target/mips: Implement segmentation control
target/mips: Add segmentation control registers
target/mips: Add an MMU mode for ERL
target/mips: Abstract mmu_idx from hflags
target/mips: Check memory permissions with mem_idx
target/mips: Decode microMIPS EVA load & store instructions
target/mips: Decode MIPS32 EVA load & store instructions
target/mips: Prepare loads/stores for EVA
target/mips: Add CP0_Ebase.WG (write gate) support
target/mips: Weaken TLB flush on UX,SX,KX,ASID changes
target/mips: Fix TLBWI shadow flush for EHINV,XI,RI
target/mips: Fix MIPS64 MFC0 UserLocal on BE host
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Final CI updates for soft-freeze
Tweaks from Paolo for J=x Travis compiles
Bunch of updated cross-compile targets from Philippe
Additional debug tools in travis image from Me
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 11:00:26 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xFBD0DB095A9E2A44
# gpg: Good signature from "Alex Bennée (Master Work Key) <alex.bennee@linaro.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 6685 AE99 E751 67BC AFC8 DF35 FBD0 DB09 5A9E 2A44
* remotes/stsquad/tags/pull-ci-updates-for-softfreeze-180717-2: (32 commits)
docker: install clang since Shippable setup_ve() verify it is available
docker: warn users to use newer debian8/debian9 base image
docker: add debian Ports base image
shippable: add win32/64 targets
docker: add MXE (M cross environment) base image for MinGW-w64
shippable: add mips64el targets
docker: add debian/mips64el image
shippable: use debian/mips[eb] targets
docker: add debian/mips[eb] images
shippable: add powerpc target
docker: add debian/powerpc based on Jessie
docker: add 'apt-fake' script which generate fake debian packages
docker: add qemu:debian-jessie based on outdated jessie release
shippable: add x86_64 targets
shippable: add ppc64el targets
shippable: add armel targets
docker: enable nettle to extend code coverage on arm64
docker: enable gcrypt to extend code coverage on amd64
docker: enable netmap to extend code coverage on amd64
docker: enable virgl to extend code coverage on amd64
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Fix various warnings about set-but-not-used variables on OpenBSD:
bsd-user/elfload.c:1158:15: warning: variable 'mapped_addr' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bsd-user/elfload.c:1165:9: warning: variable 'status' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bsd-user/elfload.c:1168:15: warning: variable 'elf_stack' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 1500395194-21455-3-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
On NetBSD, where tolower() and toupper() are implemented using an
array lookup, the compiler warns if you pass a plain 'char'
to these functions:
gdbstub.c:914:13: warning: array subscript has type 'char'
This reflects the fact that toupper() and tolower() give
undefined behaviour if they are passed a value that isn't
a valid 'unsigned char' or EOF.
We have qemu_tolower() and qemu_toupper() to avoid this problem;
use them.
(The use in scsi-generic.c does not trigger the warning because
it passes a uint8_t; we switch it anyway, for consistency.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com> for the s390 part.
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Message-id: 1500568290-7966-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
On NetBSD the compiler warns:
util/oslib-posix.c: In function 'sigaction_invoke':
util/oslib-posix.c:589:5: warning: missing braces around initializer [-Wmissing-braces]
siginfo_t si = { 0 };
^
util/oslib-posix.c:589:5: warning: (near initialization for 'si.si_pad') [-Wmissing-braces]
because on this platform siginfo_t is defined as
typedef union siginfo {
char si_pad[128]; /* Total size; for future expansion */
struct _ksiginfo _info;
} siginfo_t;
Avoid this warning by initializing the struct with {} instead;
this is a GCC extension but we use it all over the codebase already.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500568341-8389-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Add the Enhanced Virtual Addressing (EVA) feature to the P5600 core
configuration, along with the related Segmentation Control (SC) feature
and writable CP0_EBase.WG bit.
This allows it to run Malta EVA kernels.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Implement the optional segmentation control feature in the virtual to
physical address translation code.
The fixed legacy segment and xkphys handling is replaced with a dynamic
layout based on the segmentation control registers (which should be set
up even when the feature is not exposed to the guest).
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
[yongbok.kim@imgtec.com:
cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
The optional segmentation control registers CP0_SegCtl0, CP0_SegCtl1 &
CP0_SegCtl2 control the behaviour and required privilege of the legacy
virtual memory segments.
Add them to the CP0 interface so they can be read and written when
CP0_Config3.SC=1, and initialise them to describe the standard legacy
layout so they can be used in future patches regardless of whether they
are exposed to the guest.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
The segmentation control feature allows a legacy memory segment to
become unmapped uncached at error level (according to CP0_Status.ERL),
and in fact the user segment is already treated in this way by QEMU.
Add a new MMU mode for this state so that QEMU's mappings don't persist
between ERL=0 and ERL=1.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
[yongbok.kim@imgtec.com:
cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
The MIPS mmu_idx is sometimes calculated from hflags without an env
pointer available as cpu_mmu_index() requires.
Create a common hflags_mmu_index() for the purpose of this calculation
which can operate on any hflags, not just with an env pointer, and
update cpu_mmu_index() itself and gen_intermediate_code() to use it.
Also update debug_post_eret() and helper_mtc0_status() to log the MMU
mode with the status change (SM, UM, or nothing for kernel mode) based
on cpu_mmu_index() rather than directly testing hflags.
This will also allow the logic to be more easily updated when a new MMU
mode is added.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
When performing virtual to physical address translation, check the
required privilege level based on the mem_idx rather than the mode in
the hflags. This will allow EVA loads & stores to operate safely only on
user memory from kernel mode.
For the cases where the mmu_idx doesn't need to be overridden
(mips_cpu_get_phys_page_debug() and cpu_mips_translate_address()), we
calculate the required mmu_idx using cpu_mmu_index(). Note that this
only tests the MIPS_HFLAG_KSU bits rather than MIPS_HFLAG_MODE, so we
don't test the debug mode hflag MIPS_HFLAG_DM any longer. This should be
fine as get_physical_address() only compares against MIPS_HFLAG_UM and
MIPS_HFLAG_SM, neither of which should get set by compute_hflags() when
MIPS_HFLAG_DM is set.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Implement decoding of microMIPS EVA load and store instruction groups in
the POOL31C pool. These use the same gen_ld(), gen_st(), gen_st_cond()
helpers as the MIPS32 decoding, passing the equivalent MIPS32 opcodes as
opc.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Implement decoding of MIPS32 EVA loads and stores. These access the user
address space from kernel mode when implemented, so for each instruction
we need to check that EVA is available from Config5.EVA & check for
sufficient COP0 privilege (with the new check_eva()), and then override
the mem_idx used for the operation.
Unfortunately some Loongson 2E instructions use overlapping encodings,
so we must be careful not to prevent those from being decoded when EVA
is absent.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
EVA load and store instructions access the user mode address map, so
they need to use mem_idx of MIPS_HFLAG_UM. Update the various utility
functions to allow mem_idx to be more easily overridden from the
decoding logic.
Specifically we add a mem_idx argument to the op_ld/st_* helpers used
for atomics, and a mem_idx local variable to gen_ld(), gen_st(), and
gen_st_cond().
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Add support for the CP0_EBase.WG bit, which allows upper bits to be
written (bits 31:30 on MIPS32, or bits 63:30 on MIPS64), along with the
CP0_Config5.CV bit to control whether the exception vector for Cache
Error exceptions is forced into KSeg1.
This is necessary on MIPS32 to support Segmentation Control and Enhanced
Virtual Addressing (EVA) extensions (where KSeg1 addresses may not
represent an unmapped uncached segment).
It is also useful on MIPS64 to allow the exception base to reside in
XKPhys, and possibly out of range of KSEG0 and KSEG1.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
[yongbok.kim@imgtec.com:
minor changes]
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
There is no need to invalidate any shadow TLB entries when the ASID
changes or when access to one of the 64-bit segments has been disabled,
since doing so doesn't reveal to software whether any TLB entries have
been evicted into the shadow half of the TLB.
Therefore weaken the tlb flushes in these cases to only flush the QEMU
TLB.
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Tested-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Writing specific TLB entries with TLBWI flushes shadow TLB entries
unless an existing entry is having its access permissions upgraded. This
is necessary as software would from then on expect the previous mapping
in that entry to no longer be in effect (even if QEMU has quietly
evicted it to the shadow TLB on a TLBWR).
However it won't do this if only EHINV, XI, or RI bits have been set,
even if that results in a reduction of permissions, so add the necessary
checks to invoke the flush when these bits are set.
Fixes: 2fb58b7374 ("target-mips: add RI and XI fields to TLB entry")
Fixes: 9456c2fbcd ("target-mips: add TLBINV support")
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Tested-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
[yongbok.kim@imgtec.com:
cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Using MFC0 to read CP0_UserLocal uses tcg_gen_ld32s_tl, however
CP0_UserLocal is a target_ulong. On a big endian host with a MIPS64
target this reads and sign extends the more significant half of the
64-bit register.
Fix this by using ld_tl to load the whole target_ulong and ext32s_tl to
sign extend it, as done for various other target_ulong COP0 registers.
Fixes: d279279e2b ("target-mips: implement UserLocal Register")
Signed-off-by: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Cc: Petar Jovanovic <petar.jovanovic@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
In various places in our test makefiles and scripts we use the
shell $RANDOM to create a random number. This is a bash
specific extension, and doesn't work on other shells.
With dash the shell doesn't complain, it just effectively
always evaluates $RANDOM to 0:
echo $((RANDOM + 32768)) => 32768
However, on NetBSD the shell will complain:
"-sh: arith: syntax error: "RANDOM + 32768"
which means that "make check" fails.
Switch to using "${RANDOM:-0}" instead of $RANDOM,
which will portably either give us a random number or zero.
This means that on non-bash shells we don't get such
good test coverage via the MALLOC_PERTURB_ setting, but
we were already in that situation for non-bash shells.
Our only other uses of $RANDOM (in tests/qemu-iotests/check
and tests/qemu-iotests/162) are in shell scripts which use
a #!/bin/bash line so they are always run under bash.
Suggested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kamil Rytarowski <n54@gmx.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500029117-6387-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Don't try to build the ivshmem-server and ivshmem-client tools unless
CONFIG_IVSHMEM is set.
This fixes in passing a build bug on NetBSD, which fails to build the
ivshmem tools because they use shm_open() and on NetBSD that requires
linking against -lrt.
Signed-off-by: Kamil Rytarowski <n54@gmx.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1500021225-4118-4-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
[PMM: moved some code into earlier patches; minor bugfixes;
added commit message]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The current CONFIG_IVSHMEM is confusing, because it looks like it's a
flag for "do we have ivshmem support?", but actually it's a flag for
"is the ivshmem PCI device being compiled?" (and implicitly "do we
have ivshmem support?" is tested with CONFIG_EVENTFD).
Rename it to CONFIG_IVSHMEM_DEVICE to clear this confusion up;
shortly we will add a new CONFIG_IVSHMEM which really does indicate
whether the host can support ivshmem.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500021225-4118-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Queued tcg and tcg code gen related cleanups
# gpg: Signature made Thu 20 Jul 2017 00:32:00 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xAD1270CC4DD0279B
# gpg: Good signature from "Richard Henderson <rth7680@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Richard Henderson <rth@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 9CB1 8DDA F8E8 49AD 2AFC 16A4 AD12 70CC 4DD0 279B
* remotes/rth/tags/pull-tcg-20170719:
tcg: Pass generic CPUState to gen_intermediate_code()
tcg/tci: enable bswap16_i64
target/alpha: optimize gen_cvtlq() using deposit op
target/sparc: optimize gen_op_mulscc() using deposit op
target/sparc: optimize various functions using extract op
target/ppc: optimize various functions using extract op
target/m68k: optimize bcd_flags() using extract op
target/arm: optimize aarch32 rev16
target/arm: Optimize aarch64 rev16
coccinelle: add a script to optimize tcg op using tcg_gen_extract()
coccinelle: ignore ASTs pre-parsed cached C files
tcg: Expand glue macros before stringifying helper names
util/cacheinfo: Add missing include for ppc linux
tcg/mips: reserve a register for the guest_base.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
gcc 7 is pickier about our sources:
hw/usb/bus.c: In function ‘usb_port_location’:
hw/usb/bus.c:410:66: error: ‘%d’ directive output may be truncated writing between 1 and 11 bytes into a region of size between 0 and 15 [-Werror=format-truncation=]
snprintf(downstream->path, sizeof(downstream->path), "%s.%d",
^~
hw/usb/bus.c:410:9: note: ‘snprintf’ output between 3 and 28 bytes into a destination of size 16
snprintf(downstream->path, sizeof(downstream->path), "%s.%d",
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
upstream->path, portnr);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
But we know that there are at most 5 levels of USB hubs, with at
most two digits per level; that plus the separating dots means we
use at most 15 bytes (including trailing NUL) of our 16-byte field.
Adding an assertion to show gcc that we checked for truncation is
enough to shut up the false-positive warning.
Inspired by an idea by Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20170717151334.17954-1-eblake@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Add a .editorconfig file for qemu. Specifies the indent and tab style
for various files (C code and Makefiles for starters). Most popular
editors support this either natively or via plugin.
Check http://editorconfig.org/ for details.
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170717101547.22295-1-kraxel@redhat.com
QMP command
{ "execute": "change",
"arguments": { "device": "vnc", "target": "password", "arg": PWD } }
behaves just like
{ "execute": "change-vnc-password",
"arguments": { "password", "arg": PWD } }
Their documentation differs, however. According to
change-vnc-password's documentation, "an empty password [...] will set
the password to the empty string", while change's documentation claims
"no future logins will be allowed". The former is actually correct.
Replace the incorrect claim by a reference to change-vnc-password.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1500448182-21376-1-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Done with the Coccinelle semantic patch
scripts/coccinelle/tcg_gen_extract.cocci.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
It is much shorter to reverse all 4 half-words in parallel
than extract, reverse, and deposit each in turn.
Suggested-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This include was forgotten when splitting cacheinfo.c out of
tcg/ppc/tcg-target.inc.c (see commit b255b2c8).
For a Centos7 host, the include path
<signal.h>
<bits/sigcontext.h>
<asm/sigcontext.h>
<asm/elf.h>
<asm/auxvec.h>
implicitly pulls in the desired AT_* defines.
Not so for Debian Jessie.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20170711015524.22936-1-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
migration/next for 20170718
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 16:39:33 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xF487EF185872D723
# gpg: Good signature from "Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Juan Quintela <quintela@trasno.org>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 1899 FF8E DEBF 58CC EE03 4B82 F487 EF18 5872 D723
* remotes/juanquintela/tags/migration/20170718:
migration: check global caps for validity
migration: provide migrate_cap_add()
migration: provide migrate_caps_check()
migration: remove check against colo support
migration: check global params for validity
migration: provide migrate_params_apply()
migration: introduce migrate_params_check()
migration: export capabilities to props
migration: export parameters to props
qdev: provide DEFINE_PROP_INT64()
migration/rdma: Send error during cancelling
migration/rdma: Safely convert control types
migration/rdma: Allow cancelling while waiting for wrid
migration/rdma: fix qemu_rdma_block_for_wrid error paths
migration: Close file on failed migration load
migration/rdma: Fix race on source
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Block layer patches
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 14:29:59 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x7F09B272C88F2FD6
# gpg: Good signature from "Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: DC3D EB15 9A9A F95D 3D74 56FE 7F09 B272 C88F 2FD6
* remotes/kevin/tags/for-upstream: (21 commits)
qemu-img: Check for backing image if specified during create
blockdev: move BDRV_O_NO_BACKING option forward
block/vvfat: Fix compiler warning with gcc 7
vvfat: initialize memory after allocating it
vvfat: correctly parse non-ASCII short and long file names
vvfat: add a constant for bootsector name
vvfat: add constants for special values of name[0]
qemu-iotests: Test unplug of -device without drive
qemu-iotests: Test 'info block'
scsi-disk: bdrv_attach_dev() for empty CD-ROM
ide: bdrv_attach_dev() for empty CD-ROM
block: List anonymous device BBs in query-block
block/qapi: Use blk_all_next() for query-block
block: Make blk_all_next() public
block/qapi: Add qdev device name to query-block
block: Make blk_get_attached_dev_id() public
block/vpc.c: Handle write failures in get_image_offset()
block/vmdk: Report failures in vmdk_read_cid()
block: remove timer canceling in throttle_config()
block: add clock_type field to ThrottleGroup
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch add a hmac speed benchmark, it helps us to
measure the performance by using "make check-speed" or
using "./tests/benchmark-crypto-hmac" directly.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
This patch add a hash speed benchmark, it helps us to
measure the performance by using "make check-speed" or
using "./tests/benchmark-crypto-hash" directly.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Now we have two qcrypto backends, libiary-backend and afalg-backend,
but which one is faster? This patch add a cipher speed benchmark, it
helps us to measure the performance by using "make check-speed" or
using "./tests/benchmark-crypto-cipher" directly.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Adds afalg-backend hmac support: introduces some private APIs
firstly, and then intergrates them into qcrypto_hmac_afalg_driver.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Adds afalg-backend hash support: introduces some private APIs
firstly, and then intergrates them into qcrypto_hash_afalg_driver.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Adds afalg-backend cipher support: introduces some private APIs
firstly, and then intergrates them into qcrypto_cipher_afalg_driver.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
The AF_ALG socket family is the userspace interface for linux
crypto API, this patch adds af_alg family support and some common
functions for af_alg backend. It'll be used by afalg-backend crypto
latter.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Maintainer: modified to report an error if AF_ALG is requested
but cannot be supported
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
1) makes the public APIs in hmac-nettle/gcrypt/glib static,
and rename them with "nettle/gcrypt/glib" prefix.
2) introduces hmac framework, including QCryptoHmacDriver
and new public APIs.
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
1) Fix a handle-leak problem in qcrypto_hmac_new(), didn't free
ctx->handle if gcry_mac_setkey fails.
2) Extracts qcrypto_hmac_ctx_new() from qcrypto_hmac_new() for
gcrypt-backend impls.
Reviewed-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
1) makes the public APIs in hash-nettle/gcrypt/glib static,
and rename them with "nettle/gcrypt/glib" prefix.
2) introduces hash framework, including QCryptoHashDriver
and new public APIs.
Reviewed-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
1) makes the public APIs in cipher-nettle/gcrypt/builtin static,
and rename them with "nettle/gcrypt/builtin" prefix.
2) introduces cipher framework, including QCryptoCipherDriver
and new public APIs.
Reviewed-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Refactors the qcrypto_cipher_free(), splits it into two parts. One
is gcrypt/nettle__cipher_free_ctx() to free the special context.
This makes code more clear, what's more, it would be used by the
later patch.
Reviewed-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Longpeng(Mike) <longpeng2@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Merge I/O 2017/07/18 v1
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 11:31:53 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xBE86EBB415104FDF
# gpg: Good signature from "Daniel P. Berrange <dan@berrange.com>"
# gpg: aka "Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: DAF3 A6FD B26B 6291 2D0E 8E3F BE86 EBB4 1510 4FDF
* remotes/berrange/tags/pull-qio-2017-07-18-1:
io: simplify qio_channel_attach_aio_context
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The flags are arranged such that we can manipulate them either
a whole, or as individual bytes. The computation within
cpu_get_tb_cpu_state is now reduced to a single load and mask.
Tested-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This value is constant for the cpu and does not need
to be stored within the TB.
Tested-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This enforces proper alignment and makes the register update
more natural. Note that there is a more serious bug fix for
fmov {DX}Rn,@(R0,Rn) to use a store instead of a load.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-17-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
We were treating FREG as an index and REG as a TCGv.
Making FREG return a TCGv is both less confusing and
a step toward cleaner banking of cpu_fregs.
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-12-rth@twiddle.net>
[aurel32: fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
If a signal is delivered during the execution of a delay slot,
or a gUSA region, clear those bits from the environment so that
the signal handler does not start in that same state.
Cleaning the bits on signal return is paranoid good sense.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-10-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
We translate gUSA regions atomically in a parallel context.
But in a serial context a gUSA region may be interrupted.
In that case, restart the region as the kernel would.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-9-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
For many of the sequences produced by gcc or glibc,
we can translate these as host atomic operations.
Which saves the need to acquire the exclusive lock.
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-8-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
For uniprocessors, SH4 uses optimistic restartable atomic sequences.
Upon an interrupt, a real kernel would simply notice magic values in
the registers and reset the PC to the start of the sequence.
For QEMU, we cannot do this in quite the same way. Instead, we notice
the normal start of such a sequence (mov #-x,r15), and start a new TB
that can be executed under cpu_exec_step_atomic.
Reported-by: Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>
LP: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1701971
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170718200255.31647-7-rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Since that the T bit of the SR register is mapped using a TGC global,
it's better to return the value through TCG than writing it directly. It
allows to declare the helpers with the flag TCG_CALL_NO_WG.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-Id: <20170702202814.27793-5-aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
The floating-point status/control register contains cause and flag
bits. The cause bits are set to 0 before executing the instruction,
while the flag bits hold the status of the exception generated after
the field was last cleared.
Message-Id: <20170702202814.27793-4-aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
The SH4 manual is not fully clear about that, but real hardware do not
check for the PR bit, which allows to select between single or double
precision, for the fabs instruction. This is probably what is meant by
"Same operation is performed regardless of precision."
Remove the check, and at the same time use a TCG instruction instead of
a helper to clear one bit.
LP: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1701821
Reported-by: Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>
Message-Id: <20170702202814.27793-2-aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
If we have a system with xenforeignmemory_map2() implemented
we don't need to save/restore physmap on suspend/restore
anymore. In case we resume a VM without physmap - try to
recreate the physmap during memory region restore phase and
remap map cache entries accordingly. The old code is left
for compatibility reasons.
Signed-off-by: Igor Druzhinin <igor.druzhinin@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
This new call is trying to update a requested map cache entry
according to the changes in the physmap. The call is searching
for the entry, unmaps it and maps again at the same place using
a new guest address. If the mapping is dummy this call will
make it real.
This function makes use of a new xenforeignmemory_map2() call
with an extended interface that was recently introduced in
libxenforeignmemory [1].
[1] https://www.mail-archive.com/xen-devel@lists.xen.org/msg113007.html
Signed-off-by: Igor Druzhinin <igor.druzhinin@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Dummys are simple anonymous mappings that are placed instead
of regular foreign mappings in certain situations when we need
to postpone the actual mapping but still have to give a
memory region to QEMU to play with.
This is planned to be used for restore on Xen.
Signed-off-by: Igor Druzhinin <igor.druzhinin@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Commit 090fa1c8 "add support for unplugging NVMe disks..." extended the
existing disk unplug flag to cover NVMe disks as well as IDE and SCSI.
The recent thread on the xen-devel mailing list [1] has highlighted that
this is not desirable behaviour: PV frontends should be able to distinguish
NVMe disks from other types of disk and should have separate control over
whether they are unplugged.
This patch defines a new bit in the unplug mask for this purpose (see Xen
commit [2]) and also tidies up the definitions of, and improves the
comments regarding, the previously exiting bits in the protocol.
[1] https://lists.xen.org/archives/html/xen-devel/2017-03/msg02924.html
[2] http://xenbits.xen.org/gitweb/?p=xen.git;a=commit;h=1096aa02
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Check the return status of the xen_host_pci_get_* functions we call in
xen_pt_msix_init(), and fail device init if the reads failed rather than
ploughing ahead. (Spotted by Coverity: CID 777338.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
In igd passthrough environment, guest could only access opregion at the
first bootup time. Once guest shutdown, later guest couldn't access
opregion anymore.
This is because qemu set emulated guest opregion base address to host
register. Later guest get a wrong host opregion base address, and couldn't
access it anymore.
This patch set emu_mask for igd_opregion register, so guest won't set
guest opregion base address to host.
Signed-off-by: Xiong Zhang <xiong.y.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Anthony PERARD <anthony.perard@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
s390: add z14 cpu model
- add a CPU model for the IBM z14 which was announced on July 17th 2017
- update linux headers to 4.13-rc0 to get a fix for an ioctl definition
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 09:56:24 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x117BBC80B5A61C7C
# gpg: Good signature from "Christian Borntraeger (IBM) <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: F922 9381 A334 08F9 DBAB FBCA 117B BC80 B5A6 1C7C
* remotes/borntraeger/tags/s390x-20170718:
s390x/cpumodel: z14 cpu models
linux header sync against v4.13-rc1
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The migration tests used two VMs each with -m 1024 this caused
problems when run in some small, pessimistic test VMs (netbsd).
We can just be meaner with the amount of RAM in the test and use -m 384
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170714152820.24034-1-dgilbert@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Complete the split by renaming ahci_public.h --> ahci.h and
moving the current ahci.h to hw/ide/ahci_internal.h.
Adjust ahci_internal.h to now load ahci.h instead of ahci_public.h.
Finalize the split by switching external users to the new header.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20170623220926.11479-4-jsnow@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Begin separating the public/private interface by removing the minimum
set of information used by code outside of hw/ide/ and calling this
a new ahci_public.h file, which will be renamed to ahci.h in a future
patch.
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20170623220926.11479-3-jsnow@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Abstract helper function to check migration capabilities (from the old
qmp_migrate_set_capabilities). Prepare to be used somewhere else.
There is side effect on the change: when applying the capabilities, we
were skipping the invalid ones, but still applying the valid ones (if
they are provided in the same QMP request). After this refactoring,
we'll ignore all the capabilities if we detected invalid setup along the
way. However, I don't think it is a problem since general users should
not provide anything invalid after all.
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500349150-13240-9-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Export migration parameters to qdev properties. Then we can use, for
example:
-global migration.x-cpu-throttle-initial=xxx
To specify migration parameters during init.
Prefix "x-" is appended for each parameter exported to show that this is
not a stable interface, and only for debugging/testing purpose.
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500349150-13240-3-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
When we issue a cancel and clean up the RDMA channel
send a CONTROL_ERROR to get the destination to quit.
The rdma_cleanup code waits for the event to come back
from the rdma_disconnect; but that wont happen until the
destination quits and there's currently nothing to force
it.
Note this makes the case of a cancel work while the destination
is alive, and it already works if the destination is
truly dead. Note it doesn't fix the case where the destination
is hung (we get stuck waiting for the rdma_disconnect event).
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717110936.23314-7-dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
control_desc[] is an array of strings that correspond to a
series of message types; they're used only for error messages, but if
the message type is seriously broken then we could go off the end of
the array.
Convert the array to a function control_desc() that bound checks.
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717110936.23314-6-dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
When waiting for a WRID, if the other side dies we end up waiting
for ever with no way to cancel the migration.
Cure this by poll()ing the fd first with a timeout and checking
error flags and migration state.
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717110936.23314-5-dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Fix a race where the destination might try and send the source a
WRID_READY before the source has done a post-recv for it.
rdma_post_recv has to happen after the qp exists, and we're
OK since we've already called qemu_rdma_source_init that calls
qemu_alloc_qp.
This corresponds to:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1285044
The race can be triggered by adding a few ms wait before this
post_recv_control (which was originally due to me turning on loads of
debug).
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717110936.23314-2-dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
x86 and machine queue, 2017-07-17
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 19:46:14 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x2807936F984DC5A6
# gpg: Good signature from "Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 5A32 2FD5 ABC4 D3DB ACCF D1AA 2807 936F 984D C5A6
* remotes/ehabkost/tags/x86-and-machine-pull-request:
qmp: Include parent type on 'qom-list-types' output
qmp: Include 'abstract' field on 'qom-list-types' output
tests: Simplify abstract-interfaces check with a helper
i386: add Skylake-Server cpu model
i386: Update comment about XSAVES on Skylake-Client
i386: expose "TCGTCGTCGTCG" in the 0x40000000 CPUID leaf
fw_cfg: move QOM type defines and fw_cfg types into fw_cfg.h
fw_cfg: move qdev_init_nofail() from fw_cfg_init1() to callers
fw_cfg: switch fw_cfg_find() to locate the fw_cfg device by type rather than path
qom: Fix ambiguous path detection when ambiguous=NULL
Revert "machine: Convert abstract typename on compat_props to subclass names"
test-qdev-global-props: Test global property ordering
qdev: fix the order compat and global properties are applied
tests: Test case for object_resolve_path*()
device-crash-test: Fix regexp on whitelist
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Or, rather, force the open of a backing image if one was specified
for creation. Using a similar -unsafe option as rebase, allow qemu-img
to ignore the backing file validation if possible.
It may not always be possible, as in the existing case when a filesize
for the new image was not specified.
This is accomplished by shifting around the conditionals in
bdrv_img_create, such that a backing file is always opened unless we
provide BDRV_O_NO_BACKING. qemu-img is adjusted to pass this new flag
when -u is provided to create.
Sorry for the heinous looking diffstat, but it's mostly whitespace.
Inspired by: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1213786
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
For both external_snapshot_prepare and qmp_drive_mirror, we eventually
append the option BDRV_O_NO_BACKING. However, we generally do so after
we create the image.
To accommodate image creation wanting to verify that a backing file
exists or not, add this option prior to create to override checking
the existence of the backing file. This prevents QEMU from trying to
re-open a backing file that's already in use (thanks to qcow2 locking).
Signed-off-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
gcc 7 complains that the sprintf() might write a null byte beyond the
end of the tail buffer. That is wrong, but we can silence it by making
i unsigned (it can never be negative anyway, see the if condition right
before). For some reason, this allows gcc to suddenly accurately
calculate the range of i so we can give the tail[] array the exact size
it needs to have (which is 8 bytes) without gcc complaining.
In addition, let us convert the sprintf() to snprintf(), because that is
always nicer, and add an assertion about the range of the return value
afterwards so we can see that "8 - len" will never be negative and thus
"entry->name + MIN(j, 8 - len)" will never be out of bounds.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Write support works again when image contains non-ASCII names. It is either the
case when user created a non-ASCII filename, or when initial directory contained
a non-ASCII filename (since 0c36111f57)
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This caused an assertion failure until recently because the BlockBackend
would be detached on unplug, but was in fact never attached in the first
place. Add a regression test.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
This test makes sure that all block devices show up on 'info block',
with all of the expected information, in different configurations.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
If no drive=... option is passed (for an empty drive), we don't only
lack the BlockBackend normally created by parse_drive(), but we also
need to manually call blk_attach_dev().
This fixes at least a segfault when unplugging such devices, the bug
that they didn't show up in query-block, and probably some more
problems.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
If no drive=... option is passed (for an empty drive), we don't only
lack the BlockBackend normally created by parse_drive(), but we also
need to manually call blk_attach_dev().
IDE does not support hot unplug, but if it did, qdev would take care to
call the matching blk_detach_dev() on unplug.
This fixes at least the bug that such devices didn't show up in
query-block, and probably some more problems.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Instead of listing only monitor-owned BlockBackends in query-block, also
add those anonymous BlockBackends that are owned by a qdev device and as
such under the control of the user.
This allows using query-block to inspect BlockBackends for the modern
configuration syntax with -blockdev and -device.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
This patch replaces the blk_next() loop in query-block by a
blk_all_next() one so that we also get access to BlockBackends that
aren't owned by the monitor. For now, the next thing we do is check
whether each BB has a name, so there is no semantic difference.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
With -blockdev/-device, users can indirectly create anonymous
BlockBackends, while the state of such backends is still of interest. As
a preparation for making such BBs visible in query-block, make sure that
they can be identified even without a name by adding the ID/QOM path of
their qdev device to BlockInfo.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Coverity (CID 1355236) points out that get_image_offset() doesn't check that
it actually succeeded in writing the updated block bitmap to the file.
Check the error return from bdrv_pwrite_sync() and propagate an error
response back up to the function which calls get_image_offset() for
a write so that it can return the error to its caller.
get_sector_offset() is only used for reads, but we move it to the
same API for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The function vmdk_read_cid() can fail if the read on the underlying
block device fails, or if there's a format error in the VMDK file.
However its API doesn't provide a mechanism to report these errors,
and in some cases we were returning a CID of 0 and in some cases a
CID of 0xffffffff, either of which might potentially be valid values.
Change the function to return 0 on success or a negative errno, and
return the CID via a uint32_t* argument. Update the callsites to
handle and propagate the error appropriately.
This fixes in passing a Coverity-spotted issue (CID 1350038) where
we weren't checking the return value from sscanf().
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
throttle_config() cancels the timers of the calling BlockBackend. This
doesn't make sense because other BlockBackends in the group remain
untouched. There's no need to cancel the timers in the one specific
BlockBackend so let's not do that. Throttled requests will run as
scheduled and future requests will follow the new configuration. This
also allows a throttle group's configuration to be changed even when it
has no members.
Signed-off-by: Manos Pitsidianakis <el13635@mail.ntua.gr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Clock type in throttling is currently inferred by the ThrottleTimer's
clock type even though it is a per-ThrottleGroup property; it doesn't
make sense to have different clock types in the same group. Moving this
to a field in ThrottleGroup can simplify some of the throttle functions.
Signed-off-by: Manos Pitsidianakis <el13635@mail.ntua.gr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
I can't see how overlay_bs could become NULL with the current code, but
other code in this function already checks it and we can make Coverity
happy with this check, so let's add it.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
qemu-ga patch queue
* new command: qemu-get-osinfo
* build fix for OpenBSD
* better error-reporting for failure on keyfile dump
* remove redundant initialization of qa_state global
* include libpcre in w32 package
* w32 localization fixes for service installation/registration
v2:
* fix build issue with older GCCs introduced with guest_get_osinfo
* relocated some declarations in guest_get_osinfo
# gpg: Signature made Tue 18 Jul 2017 11:52:45 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x3353C9CEF108B584
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael Roth <flukshun@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Michael Roth <mdroth@utexas.edu>"
# gpg: aka "Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: CEAC C9E1 5534 EBAB B82D 3FA0 3353 C9CE F108 B584
* remotes/mdroth/tags/qga-pull-2017-07-17-v2-tag:
test-qga: add test for guest-get-osinfo
test-qga: pass environemnt to qemu-ga
qemu-ga: add guest-get-osinfo command
qga: report error on keyfile dump error
qga-win32: remove a redundancy code
qemu-ga: check if utmpx.h is available on the system
qemu-ga: add missing libpcre to MSI build
qga-win: fix installation on localized windows
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add test for guest-get-osinfo command.
Qemu-ga was modified to accept QGA_OS_RELEASE environment variable. If
the variable is defined it is interpreted as path to the os-release file
and it is parsed instead of the default paths.
Signed-off-by: Tomáš Golembiovský <tgolembi@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
* move declarations to beginning of functions
Signed-off-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add a new 'guest-get-osinfo' command for reporting basic information of
the guest operating system. This includes machine architecture,
version and release of the kernel and several fields from os-release
file if it is present (as defined in [1]).
[1] https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/os-release.html
Signed-off-by: Vinzenz Feenstra <vfeenstr@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomáš Golembiovský <tgolembi@redhat.com>
* moved declarations to beginning of functions
* dropped unecessary initialization of struct utsname
Signed-off-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Queued target/mips patches
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 15:50:27 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xBA9C78061DDD8C9B
# gpg: Good signature from "Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>"
# gpg: aka "Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@jarno.fr>"
# gpg: aka "Aurelien Jarno <aurel32@debian.org>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 7746 2642 A9EF 94FD 0F77 196D BA9C 7806 1DDD 8C9B
* remotes/aurel/tags/pull-target-mips-20170717:
target/mips: optimize WSBH, DSBH and DSHD
mips: set CP0 Debug DExcCode for SDBBP instruction
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
previous commit change image mips little -> big endian
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
By itself this doesn't add much to our coverage. However later patches
will extend this image to include more bleeding edge libraries which
are not yet widely available in distros.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[AJB: extend commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
We'll also want to support some older Debian combinations for
architectures that didn't make the Debian 9 cut.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[AJB: extend commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
When a test fails/hangs you don't want the hassle of getting the debug
tools installed. Lets install them on our image by default so we can
debug when we need to.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Although the upstream Travis images don't need this library our
"travis-lite" scripts are written in python. This allows us to do:
make docker-travis@travis J=10
and approximate a travis run on their default image.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
target-arm queue:
* new model of the ARM MPS2/MPS2+ FPGA based development board
* clean up DISAS_* exit conditions and fix various regressions
since commits e75449a3468a6b28c7b5 (in particular including
ones which broke OP-TEE guests)
* make Cortex-M3 and M4 correctly default to 8 PMSA regions
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 13:43:45 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x3C2525ED14360CDE
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>"
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>"
# Primary key fingerprint: E1A5 C593 CD41 9DE2 8E83 15CF 3C25 25ED 1436 0CDE
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20170717:
MAINTAINERS: Add entries for MPS2 board
hw/arm/mps2: Add ethernet
hw/arm/mps2: Add SCC
hw/misc/mps2_scc: Implement MPS2 Serial Communication Controller
hw/arm/mps2: Add timers
hw/char/cmsdk-apb-timer: Implement CMSDK APB timer device
hw/arm/mps2: Add UARTs
hw/char/cmsdk-apb-uart.c: Implement CMSDK APB UART
hw/arm/mps2: Implement skeleton mps2-an385 and mps2-an511 board models
target/arm: use DISAS_EXIT for eret handling
target/arm: use gen_goto_tb for ISB handling
target/arm/translate: ensure gen_goto_tb sets exit flags
target/arm/translate.h: expand comment on DISAS_EXIT
target/arm/translate: make DISAS_UPDATE match declared semantics
include/exec/exec-all: document common exit conditions
target/arm: Make Cortex-M3 and M4 default to 8 PMSA regions
qdev: support properties which don't set a default value
qdev-properties.h: Explicitly set the default value for arraylen properties
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Because global environment variables can be overridden when .travis.yml
is processed by the docker-travis target, the effect of this patch is
that docker-travis now obeys the "J=n" option.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
This is useful so that we can do builds at higher than -j3 when running
travis.py locally.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 13:17:17 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xEF04965B398D6211
# gpg: Good signature from "Jason Wang (Jason Wang on RedHat) <jasowang@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 215D 46F4 8246 689E C77F 3562 EF04 965B 398D 6211
* remotes/jasowang/tags/net-pull-request:
virtio-net: fix offload ctrl endian
virtion-net: Prefer is_power_of_2()
docs/colo-proxy.txt: Update colo-proxy usage of net driver with vnet_header
net/filter-rewriter.c: Make filter-rewriter support vnet_hdr_len
net/colo-compare.c: Add vnet packet's tcp/udp/icmp compare
net/colo.c: Add vnet packet parse feature in colo-proxy
net/colo-compare.c: Make colo-compare support vnet_hdr_len
net/colo-compare.c: Introduce parameter for compare_chr_send()
net/colo.c: Make vnet_hdr_len as packet property
net/filter-mirror.c: Add new option to enable vnet support for filter-redirector
net/filter-mirror.c: Make filter mirror support vnet support.
net/filter-mirror.c: Introduce parameter for filter_send()
net/net.c: Add vnet_hdr support in SocketReadState
net: Add vnet_hdr_len arguments in NetClientState
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch documents (including their QMP invocations) all the four
major kinds of live block operations:
- `block-stream`
- `block-commit`
- `drive-mirror` (& `blockdev-mirror`)
- `drive-backup` (& `blockdev-backup`)
Things considered while writing this document:
- Use reStructuredText as markup language (with the goal of generating
the HTML output using the Sphinx Documentation Generator). It is
gentler on the eye, and can be trivially converted to different
formats. (Another reason: upstream QEMU is considering to switch to
Sphinx, which uses reStructuredText as its markup language.)
- Raw QMP JSON output vs. 'qmp-shell'. I debated with myself whether
to only show raw QMP JSON output (as that is the canonical
representation), or use 'qmp-shell', which takes key-value pairs. I
settled on the approach of: for the first occurrence of a command,
use raw JSON; for subsequent occurrences, use 'qmp-shell', with an
occasional exception.
- Usage of `-blockdev` command-line.
- Usage of 'node-name' vs. file path to refer to disks. While we have
`blockdev-{mirror, backup}` as 'node-name'-alternatives for
`drive-{mirror, backup}`, the `block-commit` command still operates
on file names for parameters 'base' and 'top'. So I added a caveat
at the beginning to that effect.
Refer this related thread that I started (where I learnt
`block-stream` was recently reworked to accept 'node-name' for 'top'
and 'base' parameters):
https://lists.nongnu.org/archive/html/qemu-devel/2017-05/msg06466.html
"[RFC] Making 'block-stream', and 'block-commit' accept node-name"
All commands showed in this document were tested while documenting.
Thanks: Eric Blake for the section: "A note on points-in-time vs file
names". This useful bit was originally articulated by Eric in his
KVMForum 2015 presentation, so I included that specific bit in this
document.
Signed-off-by: Kashyap Chamarthy <kchamart@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170717105205.32639-3-kchamart@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
In the first line of run_agent,it has set ga_state = s,don't need
set ga_state = s again behind.
Signed-off-by: Peng Hao <peng.hao2@zte.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Commit 161a56a906 added command guest-get-users and requires the
utmpx.h (defined by POSIX) to work. It is however not always available
(e.g. on OpenBSD) therefor a check for its existence is necessary.
Signed-off-by: Tomáš Golembiovský <tgolembi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
A typo in commit 23e099c set the size of buf[] used in response
to NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME according to the length needed for old-style
negotiation (4 bytes of flag information) instead of the intended
2 bytes used in new style. If the client doesn't enable
NBD_FLAG_C_NO_ZEROES, then the server sends two bytes too many,
and is then out of sync in response to the client's next command
(the bug is masked when modern qemu is the client, since we enable
the no zeroes flag).
While touching this code, add some more defines to nbd_internal.h
rather than having quite so many magic numbers in the .c; also,
use "" initialization rather than memset(), and tweak the oldstyle
negotiation to better match the spec description of the layout
(since the spec is big-endian, skipping two bytes as 0 followed by
writing a 2-byte flag is the same as writing a zero-extended 4-byte
flag), to make it a bit easier to follow compared to the spec.
[checkpatch.pl has some false positives in the comments]
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717192635.17880-3-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
The rotation is to the left, but extract shifts to the right.
The computation of the extract parameters needs adjusting.
For the entry condition, simplify
64 - rot + len <= 64
-rot + len <= 0
len <= rot
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reported-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
STFL bit 4 and 5 are just indications to the guest, which TLB entries an
IDTE call will clear. These are performance indicators for the guest.
STFL bit 4:
INVALIDATE DAT TABLE ENTRY (IDTE) performs
the invalidation-and-clearing operation by
selectively clearing TLB segment-table entries
when a segment-table entry or entries are
invalidated. IDTE also performs the clearing-by-
ASCE operation. Unless bit 4 is one, IDTE simply
purges all TLBs. Bit 3 is one if bit 4 is one.
We can simply set STFL bit 4 ("idtes") and still purge the complete TLB.
Purging more than advertised is never bad. E.g. Linux doesn't even care
about this bit. We can optimized this later.
This is helpful, as the z9 base model contains this facility.
STFL bit 5 (clearing TLB region-table-entries) was never implemented on
real HW, therefore we can simply ignore it for now.
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170627161032.5014-1-david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Drop TRT from the set of insns handled internally by EXECUTE.
It's more important to adjust the existing helper to handle
both TRT and TRTR.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Since we require all registers saved on input, read R0 from ENV instead
of passing it manually. Recognize the specification exception when R0
contains incorrect data. Keep high bits of result registers unmodified
when in 31 or 24-bit mode.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Commit 8ecaeae8 changed the way the client requests an NBD export,
and in the process also changed the resulting error message when
the export is not present, breaking a couple of iotests. The error
message is now directly given by the server (a failed NBD_OPT_GO)
instead of implied by the client (after exhausting NBD_OPT_LIST),
but looking at the testsuite changes, it proves worthwhile to
reword the error message to be slightly less verbose (as this is
one particular error message likely to be hit by a user).
Note that the error message is now sensitive to which binary is
running the server as well as the client (since the expected
output is replaying a message received from the server - for that
matter, it depends on a server new enough to understand NBD_OPT_GO);
in general iotests are run on client and server from the same source
code base so the default setup will pass; but if it proves
problematic for people overriding QEMU_PROG, QEMU_IMG_PROG,
QEMU_IO_PROG, and QEMU_NBD_PROG to point across multiple builds for
cross-version integration testing, we may have to later tweak or
sanitize the output somehow.
Reported-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170717142310.17048-1-eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Include name of parent type of each type on 'qom-list-types' output.
Without this, there's no way to figure out the parents of a given type
without making additional 'qom-list-types' queries.
In addition to the test case for the new feature, update the
abstract-interface test case to use the new field and avoid the
"qom-list-types implements=object" trick.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707122215.8819-4-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
A client may be interested in getting the list of both abstract and
non-abstract types. Instead of requiring them to make multiple queries
with different filter arguments, just return an 'abstract' field in
'qom-list-types'.
In addition to the new test code for validating this field, update the
abstract-interfaces test case to query for all 'interface' subtypes
(including abstract ones), and to look at the 'abstract' field directly.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707122215.8819-3-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Introduce Skylake-Server cpu mode which inherits the features from
Skylake-Client and supports some additional features that are: AVX512,
CLWB and PGPE1GB.
Signed-off-by: Boqun Feng (Intel) <boqun.feng@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170621052935.20715-1-boqun.feng@gmail.com>
[ehabkost: copied comment about XSAVES from Skylake-Client]
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Currently when running KVM, we expose "KVMKVMKVM\0\0\0" in
the 0x40000000 CPUID leaf. Other hypervisors (VMWare,
HyperV, Xen, BHyve) all do the same thing, which leaves
TCG as the odd one out.
The CPUID signature is used by software to detect which
virtual environment they are running in and (potentially)
change behaviour in certain ways. For example, systemd
supports a ConditionVirtualization= setting in unit files.
The virt-what command can also report the virt type it is
running on
Currently both these apps have to resort to custom hacks
like looking for 'fw-cfg' entry in the /proc/device-tree
file to identify TCG.
This change thus proposes a signature "TCGTCGTCGTCG" to be
reported when running under TCG.
To hide this, the -cpu option tcg-cpuid=off can be used.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170509132736.10071-3-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
When looking to instantiate a TYPE_FW_CFG_MEM or TYPE_FW_CFG_IO device to be
able to wire it up differently, it is much more convenient for the caller to
instantiate the device and have the fw_cfg default files already preloaded
during realize.
Move fw_cfg_init1() to the end of both the fw_cfg_mem_realize() and
fw_cfg_io_realize() functions so it no longer needs to be called manually
when instantiating the device, and also rename it to fw_cfg_common_realize()
which better describes its new purpose.
Since it is now the responsibility of the machine to wire up the fw_cfg device
it is necessary to introduce a object_property_add_child() call into
fw_cfg_init_io() and fw_cfg_init_mem() to link the fw_cfg device to the root
machine object as before.
Finally with the previous change to fw_cfg_find() we can now remove the
assert() preventing multiple fw_cfg devices being instantiated and replace
them with a simple call to fw_cfg_find() at realize time instead. This allows
us to remove FW_CFG_NAME and FW_CFG_PATH since they are no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1500025208-14827-3-git-send-email-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
object_resolve_path*() ambiguous path detection breaks when
ambiguous==NULL and the object tree have 3 objects of the same type and
only 2 of them are under the same parent. e.g.:
/container/obj1 (TYPE_FOO)
/container/obj2 (TYPE_FOO)
/obj2 (TYPE_FOO)
With the above tree, object_resolve_path_type("", TYPE_FOO, NULL) will
incorrectly return /obj2, because the search inside "/container" will
return NULL, and the match at "/obj2" won't be detected as ambiguous.
Fix that by always calling object_resolve_partial_path() with a non-NULL
ambiguous parameter.
Test case included.
Reported-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Cc: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707213052.13087-3-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
The current code recursively applies global properties from child up to
parent types. This can cause properties passed with the -global option to
be silently overridden by internal compat properties.
This is exactly what happened with virtio-*-pci drivers since commit:
"9a4c0e220d8a hw/virtio-pci: fix virtio behaviour"
Passing -device virtio-blk-pci.disable-modern=off had no effect on 2.6
machine types because the internal virtio-pci.disable-modern=on compat
property always prevailed.
A workaround for this was included with commit 0bcba41f ("machine:
Convert abstract typename on compat_props to subclass names").
This patch fixes the issue properly by reversing the logic: we now go
through the global property list and, for each property, we check if it
is applicable to the device.
This results in compat properties being applied first, in the order they
appear in the HW_COMPAT_* macros, followed by global properties, in the
order they appear on the command line.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <148103887228.22326.478406873609299999.stgit@bahia.lab.toulouse-stg.fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170711004303.3902-2-ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
At the moment VFIO PCI device initialization works as follows:
vfio_realize
vfio_get_group
vfio_connect_container
register memory listeners (1)
update QEMU groups lists
vfio_kvm_device_add_group
Then (example for pseries) the machine reset hook triggers region_add()
for all regions where listeners from (1) are listening:
ppc_spapr_reset
spapr_phb_reset
spapr_tce_table_enable
memory_region_add_subregion
vfio_listener_region_add
vfio_spapr_create_window
This scheme works fine until we need to handle VFIO PCI device hotplug
and we want to enable PPC64/sPAPR in-kernel TCE acceleration on,
i.e. after PCI hotplug we need a place to call
ioctl(vfio_kvm_device_fd, KVM_DEV_VFIO_GROUP_SET_SPAPR_TCE).
Since the ioctl needs a LIOBN fd (from sPAPRTCETable) and a IOMMU group fd
(from VFIOGroup), vfio_listener_region_add() seems to be the only place
for this ioctl().
However this only works during boot time because the machine reset
happens strictly after all devices are finalized. When hotplug happens,
vfio_listener_region_add() is called when a memory listener is registered
but when this happens:
1. new group is not added to the container->group_list yet;
2. VFIO KVM device is unaware of the new IOMMU group.
This moves bits around to have all necessary VFIO infrastructure
in place for both initial startup and hotplug cases.
[aw: ie, register vfio groups with kvm prior to memory listener
registration such that kvm-vfio pseudo device ioctls are available
during the region_add callback]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 13:11:17 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x9CA4ABB381AB73C8
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@gmail.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 8695 A8BF D3F9 7CDA AC35 775A 9CA4 ABB3 81AB 73C8
* remotes/stefanha/tags/tracing-pull-request:
trace: update old trace events in docs
trace: [trivial] Statically enable all guest events
trace: [tcg, trivial] Re-align generated code
trace: [tcg] Do not generate TCG code to trace dynamically-disabled events
exec: [tcg] Use different TBs according to the vCPU's dynamic tracing state
trace: [tcg] Delay changes to dynamic state when translating
trace: Allocate cpu->trace_dstate in place
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Use the same mask to avoid having to load two different constants.
Suggested-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
This patch fixes setting DExcCode field of CP0 Debug register
when SDBBP instruction is executed. According to EJTAG specification,
this field must be set to the value 9 (Bp).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Dovgalyuk <pavel.dovgaluk@ispras.ru>
Message-id: 20170502120350.3368.92338.stgit@PASHA-ISP
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Add entries to the MAINTAINERS file for the new MPS2
board and devices.
Since the CMSDK devices are not specific to the MPS2 board,
extend the existing 'PrimeCell' section to cover CMSDK
devices as well; in both cases these are devices implemented
by ARM and provided as RTL that may be used in multiple
SoCs and boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1500029487-14822-10-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Implement a model of the Serial Communication Controller (SCC) found
in MPS2 FPGA images.
The primary purpose of this device is to communicate with the
Motherboard Configuration Controller (MCC) which is located on
the MPS board itself, outside the FPGA image. This is used
for programming the MPS clock generators. The SCC also has
some basic ID registers and an output for the board LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 1500029487-14822-7-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Model the ARM MPS2/MPS2+ FPGA based development board.
The MPS2 and MPS2+ dev boards are FPGA based (the 2+ has a bigger
FPGA but is otherwise the same as the 2). Since the CPU itself
and most of the devices are in the FPGA, the details of the board
as seen by the guest depend significantly on the FPGA image.
We model the following FPGA images:
"mps2_an385" -- Cortex-M3 as documented in ARM Application Note AN385
"mps2_an511" -- Cortex-M3 'DesignStart' as documented in AN511
They are fairly similar but differ in the details for some
peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 1500029487-14822-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Previously DISAS_JUMP did ensure this but with the optimisation of
8a6b28c7 (optimize indirect branches) we might not leave the loop.
This means if any pending interrupts are cleared by changing IRQ flags
we might never get around to servicing them. You usually notice this
by seeing the lookup_tb_ptr() helper gainfully chaining TBs together
while cpu->interrupt_request remains high and the exit_request has not
been set.
This breaks amongst other things the OPTEE test suite which executes
an eret from the secure world after a non-secure world IRQ has gone
pending which then never gets serviced.
Instead of using the previously implied semantics of DISAS_JUMP we use
DISAS_EXIT which will always exit the run-loop.
CC: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
CC: Joakim Bech <joakim.bech@linaro.org>
CC: Jaroslaw Pelczar <j.pelczar@samsung.com>
CC: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
CC: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-id: 20170713141928.25419-7-alex.bennee@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
While an ISB will ensure any raised IRQs happen on the next
instruction it doesn't cause any to get raised by itself. We can
therefore use a simple tb exit for ISB instructions and rely on the
exit_request check at the top of each TB to deal with exiting if
needed.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-id: 20170713141928.25419-6-alex.bennee@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
DISAS_UPDATE should be used when the wider CPU state other than just
the PC has been updated and we should therefore exit the TCG runtime
and return to the main execution loop rather assuming DISAS_JUMP would
do that.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-id: 20170713141928.25419-3-alex.bennee@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The Cortex-M3 and M4 CPUs always have 8 PMSA MPU regions (this isn't
a configurable option for the hardware). Make the default value of
the pmsav7-dregion property be set per-cpu, so we don't need to have
every user of these CPUs set it manually. (The existing default of
16 is correct for the other PMSAv7 core, the Cortex-R5.)
This fixes a bug where we were creating the M3 and M4 with
too many regions; most guest software would not notice or
care, though, since it would just not use the registers
associated with the unexpected extra regions.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499788408-10096-4-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In some situations it's useful to have a qdev property which doesn't
automatically set its default value when qdev_property_add_static is
called (for instance when the default value is not constant).
Support this by adding a flag to the Property struct indicating
whether to set the default value. This replaces the existing test
for whether the PropertyInfo set_default_value function pointer is
NULL, and we set the .set_default field to true for all those cases
of struct Property which use a PropertyInfo with a non-NULL
set_default_value, so behaviour remains the same as before.
This gives us the semantics of:
* if .set_default is true, then .info->set_default_value must
be not NULL, and .defval is used as the the default value of
the property
* otherwise, the property system does not set any default, and
the field will retain whatever initial value it was given by
the device's .instance_init method
We define two new macros DEFINE_PROP_SIGNED_NODEFAULT and
DEFINE_PROP_UNSIGNED_NODEFAULT, to cover the most plausible use cases
of wanting to set an integer property with no default value.
Suggested-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499788408-10096-3-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In DEFINE_PROP_ARRAY, because we use a PropertyInfo (qdev_prop_arraylen)
which has a .set_default_value member we will set the field to a default
value. That default value will be zero, by the C rule that struct
initialization sets unmentioned members to zero if at least one member
is initialized. However it's clearer to state it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499788408-10096-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We have a function that checks if given number is power of two.
We should prefer it instead of expanding the check on our own.
Signed-off-by: Michal Privoznik <mprivozn@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
We add the vnet_hdr_support option for filter-rewriter, default is disabled.
If you use virtio-net-pci or other driver needs vnet_hdr, please enable it.
You can use it for example:
-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all,vnet_hdr_support
We get the vnet_hdr_len from NetClientState that make us
parse net packet correctly.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
We add the vnet_hdr_support option for colo-compare, default is disabled.
If you use virtio-net-pci or other driver needs vnet_hdr, please enable it.
You can use it for example:
-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,vnet_hdr_support
COLO-compare can get vnet header length from filter,
Add vnet_hdr_len to struct packet and output packet with
the vnet_hdr_len.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch change the compare_chr_send() parameter from CharBackend to CompareState,
we can get more information like vnet_hdr(We use it to support packet with vnet_header).
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
We add the vnet_hdr_support option for filter-redirector, default is disabled.
If you use virtio-net-pci net driver or other driver needs vnet_hdr, please enable it.
Because colo-compare or other modules needs the vnet_hdr_len to parse
packet, we add this new option send the len to others.
You can use it for example:
-object filter-redirector,id=r0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=red0,vnet_hdr_support
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
We add the vnet_hdr_support option for filter-mirror, default is disabled.
If you use virtio-net-pci or other driver needs vnet_hdr, please enable it.
You can use it for example:
-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0,vnet_hdr_support
If it has vnet_hdr_support flag, we will change the sending packet format from
struct {int size; const uint8_t buf[];} to {int size; int vnet_hdr_len; const uint8_t buf[];}.
make other module(like colo-compare) know how to parse net packet correctly.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
If an event is dynamically disabled, the TCG code that calls the
execution-time tracer is not generated.
Removes the overheads of execution-time tracers for dynamically disabled
events. As a bonus, also avoids checking the event state when the
execution-time tracer is called from TCG-generated code (since otherwise
TCG would simply not call it).
Signed-off-by: Lluís Vilanova <vilanova@ac.upc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Message-id: 149915799921.6295.13067154430923434035.stgit@frigg.lan
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Every vCPU now uses a separate set of TBs for each set of dynamic
tracing event state values. Each set of TBs can be used by any number of
vCPUs to maximize TB reuse when vCPUs have the same tracing state.
This feature is later used by tracetool to optimize tracing of guest
code events.
The maximum number of TB sets is defined as 2^E, where E is the number
of events that have the 'vcpu' property (their state is stored in
CPUState->trace_dstate).
For this to work, a change on the dynamic tracing state of a vCPU will
force it to flush its virtual TB cache (which is only indexed by
address), and fall back to the physical TB cache (which now contains the
vCPU's dynamic tracing state as part of the hashing function).
Signed-off-by: Lluís Vilanova <vilanova@ac.upc.edu>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Message-id: 149915775266.6295.10060144081246467690.stgit@frigg.lan
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
There's little point in dynamically allocating the bitmap if we
know at compile-time the max number of events we want to support.
Thus, make room in the struct for the bitmap, which will make things
easier later: this paves the way for upcoming changes, in which
we'll use a u32 to fully capture cpu->trace_dstate.
This change also increases performance by saving a dereference and
improving locality--note that this is important since upcoming work
makes reading this bitmap fairly common.
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Reviewed-by: Lluís Vilanova <vilanova@ac.upc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Lluís Vilanova <vilanova@ac.upc.edu>
Message-id: 149915725977.6295.15069969323605305641.stgit@frigg.lan
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
This patch change the filter_send() parameter from CharBackend to MirrorState,
we can get more information like vnet_hdr(We use it to support packet with vnet_header).
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Add vnet_hdr_len arguments in NetClientState
that make other module get real vnet_hdr_len easily.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Chen <zhangchen.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
ppc patch queue 2017-07-17
This pull requests supersedes the one from 2017-07-14. That one had a
couple of subtle regressions: there was a build error for mingw32, and
an instance_size which was theoretically wrong everywhere, but only
actually bit on the Travis OSX build.
There are two major batches in this set, rather than the usual
collection of assorted fixes.
* More DRC cleanup. This gets the state management into a state
which should fix many of the hotplug+migration problems we've
had. Plus it gets the migration stream format into something
well defined and pretty minimal which we can reasonably support
into the future.
* Hashed Page Table resizing. It's been a while since this was
posted, but it's been through several previous rounds of review.
The kernel parts (both guest and host) are merged in 4.11, so
this is the only remaining piece left to allow resizing of the
HPT in a running guest.
There are also a handful of unrelated fixes.
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 07:36:52 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x6C38CACA20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (kernel.org) <dwg@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.10-20170717: (21 commits)
target/ppc: fix CPU hotplug when radix is enabled (TCG)
spapr: fix memory leak in spapr_core_pre_plug()
pseries: Allow HPT resizing with KVM
pseries: Use smaller default hash page tables when guest can resize
pseries: Enable HPT resizing for 2.10
pseries: Implement HPT resizing
pseries: Stubs for HPT resizing
ppc/pnv: Remove unused XICSState reference
spapr: fix potential memory leak in spapr_core_plug()
spapr: Implement DR-indicator for physical DRCs only
spapr: Remove sPAPRConfigureConnectorState sub-structure
spapr: Consolidate DRC state variables
spapr: Cleanups relating to DRC awaiting_release field
spapr: Refactor spapr_drc_detach()
spapr: Abort on delete failure in spapr_drc_release()
spapr: Simplify unplug path
spapr: Remove 'awaiting_allocation' DRC flag
spapr: Treat devices added before inbound migration as coldplugged
spapr: Minor cleanups to events handling
spapr: migrate pending_events of spapr state
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# gpg: Signature made Mon 17 Jul 2017 04:47:05 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xCA35624C6A9171C6
# gpg: Good signature from "Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 5003 7CB7 9706 0F76 F021 AD56 CA35 624C 6A91 71C6
* remotes/famz/tags/block-and-testing-pull-request:
travis: add no-TCG build
docker.py: Improve subprocess exit code handling
docker.py: Drop infile parameter
docker: Don't enable networking as a side-effect of DEBUG=1
ssh: support I/O from any AioContext
sheepdog: add queue_lock
qed: protect table cache with CoMutex
qed: introduce bdrv_qed_init_state
block: invoke .bdrv_drain callback in coroutine context and from AioContext
qed: move tail of qed_aio_write_main to qed_aio_write_{cow, alloc}
vvfat: make it thread-safe
vpc: make it thread-safe
vdi: make it thread-safe
coroutine-lock: add qemu_co_rwlock_downgrade and qemu_co_rwlock_upgrade
qcow2: call CoQueue APIs under CoMutex
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The QMP query-vnc interfaces have gained a lot more information that
the HMP interfaces hasn't got yet. Update it.
Note the output format has changed, but this is HMP so that's OK.
In particular, this now includes client information for reverse
connections:
-vnc :0
(qemu) info vnc
default:
Server: 0.0.0.0:5900 (ipv4)
Auth: none (Sub: none)
(Now connect a client)
(qemu) info vnc
default:
Server: 0.0.0.0:5900 (ipv4)
Auth: none (Sub: none)
Client: 127.0.0.1:51828 (ipv4)
x509_dname: none
sasl_username: none
-vnc localhost:7000,reverse
(qemu) info vnc
default:
Client: ::1:7000 (ipv6)
x509_dname: none
sasl_username: none
Auth: none (Sub: none)
-vnc :1,password,id=pass -vnc localhost:7000,reverse
(qemu) info vnc
default:
Client: ::1:7000 (ipv6)
x509_dname: none
sasl_username: none
Auth: none (Sub: none)
rev:
Server: 0.0.0.0:5901 (ipv4)
Auth: vnc (Sub: none)
Client: 127.0.0.1:53616 (ipv4)
x509_dname: none
sasl_username: none
This was originally RH bz 1461682
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170711154414.21111-1-dgilbert@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The current VNC default keyboard delay is 1ms. With that we're constantly
typing faster than the guest receives keyboard events from an XHCI attached
USB HID device.
The default keyboard delay time in the input layer however is 10ms. I don't know
how that number came to be, but empirical tests on some OpenQA driven ARM
systems show that 10ms really is a reasonable default number for the delay.
This patch moves the VNC delay also to 10ms. That way our default is much
safer (good!) and also consistent with the input layer default (also good!).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499863425-103133-1-git-send-email-agraf@suse.de
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Rebase ipxe to latest git master.
Pick up four virtio-net fixes.
complete shortlog of ipxe changes
---------------------------------
Adamczyk, Konrad (1):
[thunderx] Use ThunderxConfigProtocol to obtain board configuration
Bartosz Szczepanek (1):
[thunderx] Fix hardware deinitialization
Christian Nilsson (1):
[intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I219-LM (2)
David Decotigny (2):
[build] Return const char * from uuid_ntoa()
[af_packet] Add new AF_PACKET driver for Linux
Jason Wang (1):
[virtio] Support VIRTIO_NET_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM
Jerone Young (1):
[intel] Add support for I219-V in 7th Gen Intel NUC
Konrad Adamczyk (1):
[thunderx] Don't disable NIC when exiting from iPXE
Ladi Prosek (3):
[virtio] Cap queue size to MAX_QUEUE_NUM
[virtio] Simplify virtqueue shutdown
[virtio] Remove queue size limit in legacy virtio
Martin Habets (1):
[sfc] Add driver for Solarflare SFC8XXX adapters
Michael Brown (159):
[interface] Provide intf_reinit() to reinitialise nullified interfaces
[iscsi] Avoid potential infinite loops during shutdown
[efi] Add basic EFI SAN booting capability
[undi] Allocate base memory before calling UNDI loader entry point
[romprefix] Avoid using PMM-allocated memory in UNDI loader entry point
[undi] Clean up driver and device name information
[prefix] Remove impossible progress message
[prefix] Include diagnostic information within progress messages
[undi] Try matching UNDI ROMs in BIOS enumeration order
[efi] Work around temporal anomaly encountered during ExitBootServices()
[ipv4] Accept unicast packets for the local network broadcast address
[build] Add %.vhd target for building VM bootable disk images
[virtio] Use separate RX and TX empty header buffers
[cloud] Add ability to retrieve Google Compute Engine metadata
[virtio] Use host-specified MTU when available
[netdevice] Allow MTU to be changed at runtime
[cloud] Show CPU vendor and model in example cloud boot scripts
[hyperv] Ignore unsolicited VMBus messages
[pic8259] Fix definitions for "read IRR" and "read ISR" commands
[efi] Fix building elf2efi.c when -fpic is enabled by default
[interface] Avoid unnecessary reference counting in intf_unplug()
[interface] Remove misleading comment
[interface] Unplug interface before calling intf_close() in intf_shutdown()
[netdevice] Limit MTU by hardware maximum frame length
[cpuid] Provide cpuid_supported() to test for supported functions
[time] Allow timer to be selected at runtime
[hyperv] Provide timer based on the 10MHz time reference count MSR
[int13] Avoid potential division by zero
[int13] Test correct return status from INT 13 calls
[settings] Add "unixtime" builtin setting to expose the current time
[time] Report attempts to use timers before initialisation
[interface] Provide the ability to shut down multiple interfaces
[http] Cleanly shut down potentially looped interfaces
[efi] Add missing SANBOOT_PROTO_HTTP to EFI default configuration
[block] Remove spurious comments
[block] Centralise SAN device abstraction
[block] Centralise "san-drive" setting
[int13] Refactor to use centralised SAN device abstraction
[efi] Refactor to use centralised SAN device abstraction
[block] Retry any SAN device operation
[iscsi] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
[scsi] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
[block] Use intfs_shutdown() when shutting down multiple interfaces
[scsi] Avoid duplicate calls to scsicmd_close()
[build] Provide common ARRAY_SIZE() definition
[efi] Update to current EDK2 headers
[efi] Add EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL header and GUID definition
[efi] Provide ACPI table description for SAN devices
[efi] Skip cable detection at initialisation where possible
[undi] Move PXE API caller back into UNDI driver
[dhcp] Allow vendor class to be changed in DHCP requests
[hermon] Avoid potential integer overflow when calculating memory mappings
[arbel] Avoid potential integer overflow when calculating memory mappings
[xfer] Ensure va_end() is called on failure path
[nfs] Fix double free bug on error path
[linda] Use correct length for memset()
[qib7322] Use correct length for memset()
[sis900] Remove extraneous memset() with incorrect length
[802.11] Remove redundant NULL pointer check after dereference
[crypto] Free correct pointer on the error path
[librm] Fail gracefully if asked to ioremap() a zero length
[usb] Use correct length for memcpy()
[mucurses] Attempt to fix test for empty string
[mucurses] Attempt to fix keypress processing logic
[mucurses] Attempt to fix resource leaks
[hyperv] Fix resource leaks on error path
[slam] Fix resource leak on error path
[slam] Avoid NULL pointer dereference in slam_pull_value()
[eoib] Avoid passing a NULL I/O buffer to netdev_tx_complete_err()
[http] Add missing check for memory allocation failure
[mucurses] Attempt to fix use of uninitialised buffer with strcat()
[xhci] Avoid accessing beyond end of endpoint context array
[build] Avoid confusing sparse in single-argument DBG() macros
[infiniband] Return status code from ib_create_cq() and ib_create_qp()
[infiniband] Return status code from ib_create_mi()
[block] Quell spurious Coverity size mismatch warning
[ath] Add missing break statements
[pixbuf] Avoid potential division by zero
[usb] Use correct length for memcpy()
[xen] Use standard calling pattern for asprintf()
[tcp] Use correct length for memset()
[video_subr] Use memmove() for overlapping memory copy
[arbel] Assert that mapping length is non-zero
[hermon] Assert that mapping length is non-zero
[tlan] Guard against failure to identify chip
[w89c840] Avoid potential array overrun
[sis190] Avoid NULL pointer dereference
[mucurses] Ensure SLK labels are always terminated
[coverity] Add Coverity user model
[malloc] Track maximum heap usage
[travis] Add minimal .travis.yml file
[travis] Build and run the unit test suite
[travis] Integrate with Coverity Scan
[rtl818x] Fix resource leak on error path
[pcnet32] Eliminate redundant register read
[iobuf] Increase minimum I/O buffer size to 128 bytes
[vxge] Fix use of stale I/O buffer on error path
[scsi] Avoid duplicate call to scsicmd_close() on TEST UNIT READY failure
[block] Add dummy SAN device
[block] Add basic multipath support
[int13] Improve geometry guessing for unaligned partitions
[int13con] Avoid overwriting random portions of SAN boot disks
[time] Add sleep_fixed() function to sleep without checking for Ctrl-C
[block] Allow SAN retry count to be reconfigured
[block] Add a small delay between attempts to reopen SAN targets
[block] Retry reopening indefinitely for multipath devices
[block] Gracefully close SAN device if registration fails
[linux] Use dummy SAN device
[block] Ignore redundant xfer_window_changed() messages
[block] Describe all SAN devices via ACPI tables
[iscsi] Do not install iBFT when no iSCSI targets exist
[http] Notify data transfer interface when underlying connection is ready
[mucurses] Fix erroneous __nonnull attribute
[build] Avoid implicit-fallthrough warnings on GCC 7
[linux] Fix building with kernel 4.11 headers
[scsi] Retry TEST UNIT READY command
[libc] Add stdbool.h standard header
[efi] Fix typo in efi_acpi_table_protocol_guid
[efi] Add efi_sprintf() and efi_vsprintf()
[block] Allow use of a non-default EFI SAN boot filename
[intel] Show original CTRL and STATUS values in debugging output
[intel] Do not enable ASDE on i350 backplane NIC
[block] Provide sandev_read() and sandev_write() as global symbols
[block] Provide abstraction to allow system to be quiesced
[hyperv] Do not fail if guest OS ID MSR is already set
[hyperv] Remove redundant return status code from mapping functions
[hyperv] Cope with Windows Server 2016 enlightenments
[efi] Standardise PCI debug messages
[iscsi] Always send FirstBurstLength parameter
[iscsi] Fix iBFT when no explicit initiator name setting exists
[xen] Provide 18 4kB receive buffers to work around xen-netback bug
[efi] Prevent EFI code from being linked in to non-EFI builds
[tls] Keep cipherstream window open until TLS negotiation is complete
[settings] Extend numerical setting tags to 64 bits
[acpi] Make acpi_find_rsdt() a per-platform method
[efi] Provide access to ACPI tables
[acpi] Expose ACPI tables via settings mechanism
[syslog] Handle backspace characters
[hdprefix] Avoid attempts to read beyond the end of the disk
[usb] Allow for USB network devices with no interrupt endpoint
[build] Use -no-pie on newer versions of gcc
[ecm] Display invalid MAC address strings in debug messages
[cpuid] Allow input %ecx value to be specified
[crypto] Expose RSA_CTX_SIZE constant
[crypto] Expose asn1_grow()
[crypto] Provide asn1_built() to construct a cursor from a builder
[crypto] Expose pem_asn1() for use with non-image data
[exanic] Add driver for Exablaze ExaNIC cards
[usb] Use non-zero language ID to retrieve strings
[mucurses] Avoid potential division by zero
[tls] Support RFC5746 secure renegotiation
[smscusb] Abstract out common SMSC USB device functionality
[smsc95xx] Use common SMSC USB device functionality
[smsc75xx] Use common SMSC USB device functionality
[smscusb] Add ability to read MAC address from OTP
[smscusb] Move non-inline register access functions to smscusb.c
[smscusb] Allow for alternative PHY register layouts
[smsc75xx] Expose functionality shared with LAN78xx devices
[lan78xx] Add driver for Microchip LAN78xx USB Ethernet NICs
Mika Tiainen (1):
[intel] Add INTEL_NO_PHY_RST for I219-V
Mike McCormack (1):
[sky2] Use 32-bit read to read Y2_VAUX_AVAIL
Raed Salem (2):
[golan] Update Connect-IB, ConnectX-4 and ConnectX-4 Lx (Infiniband) support
[golan] Bug fixes and improved paging allocation method
Vishvananda Ishaya (1):
[intel] Reset all virtual function settings
Vishvananda Ishaya Abrams (1):
[iscsi] Don't close when receiving NOP-In
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
But when a guest initializes radix mode, it issues a H_REGISTER_PROC_TBL
to update the LPCR of all CPUs. Hot-plugged CPUs inherit from the same
setting under KVM but not under TCG. So, Let's check for radix and update
the default LPCR to keep new CPUs in sync.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
In case of error, we must ensure the dynamically allocated base_core_type
is freed, like it is done everywhere else in this function.
This is a regression introduced in QEMU 2.9 by commit 8149e2992f.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
So far, qemu implements the PAPR Hash Page Table (HPT) resizing extension
with TCG. The same implementation will work with KVM PR, but we don't
currently allow that. For KVM HV we can only implement resizing with the
assistance of the host kernel, which needs a new capability and ioctl()s.
This patch adds support for testing the new KVM capability and implementing
the resize in terms of KVM facilities when necessary. If we're running on
a kernel which doesn't have the new capability flag at all, we fall back to
testing for PR vs. HV KVM using the same hack that we already use in a
number of places for older kernels.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We've now implemented a PAPR extension allowing PAPR guest to resize
their hash page table (HPT) during runtime.
This patch makes use of that facility to allocate smaller HPTs by default.
Specifically when a guest is aware of the HPT resize facility, qemu sizes
the HPT to the initial memory size, rather than the maximum memory size on
the assumption that the guest will resize its HPT if necessary for hot
plugged memory.
When the initial memory size is much smaller than the maximum memory size
(a common configuration with e.g. oVirt / RHEV) then this can save
significant memory on the HPT.
If the guest does *not* advertise HPT resize awareness when it makes the
ibm,client-architecture-support call, qemu resizes the HPT for maxmimum
memory size (unless it's been configured not to allow such guests at all).
For now we make that reallocation assuming the guest has not yet used the
HPT at all. That's true in practice, but not, strictly, an architectural
or PAPR requirement. If we need to in future we can fix this by having
the client-architecture-support call reboot the guest with the revised
HPT size (the client-architecture-support call is explicitly permitted to
trigger a reboot in this way).
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
We've now implemented a PAPR extensions which allows PAPR guests (i.e.
"pseries" machine type) to resize their hash page table during runtime.
However, that extension is only enabled if explicitly chosen on the
command line. This patch enables it by default for spapr-2.10, but leaves
it disabled (by default) for older machine types.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
This patch implements hypercalls allowing a PAPR guest to resize its own
hash page table. This will eventually allow for more flexible memory
hotplug.
The implementation is partially asynchronous, handled in a special thread
running the hpt_prepare_thread() function. The state of a pending resize
is stored in SPAPR_MACHINE->pending_hpt.
The H_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE hypercall will kick off creation of a new HPT, or,
if one is already in progress, monitor it for completion. If there is an
existing HPT resize in progress that doesn't match the size specified in
the call, it will cancel it, replacing it with a new one matching the
given size.
The H_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT completes transition to a resized HPT, and can only
be called successfully once H_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE has successfully
completed initialization of a new HPT. The guest must ensure that there
are no concurrent accesses to the existing HPT while this is called (this
effectively means stop_machine() for Linux guests).
For now H_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT goes through the whole old HPT, rehashing each
HPTE into the new HPT. This can have quite high latency, but it seems to
be of the order of typical migration downtime latencies for HPTs of size
up to ~2GiB (which would be used in a 256GiB guest).
In future we probably want to move more of the rehashing to the "prepare"
phase, by having H_ENTER and other hcalls update both current and
pending HPTs. That's a project for another day, but should be possible
without any changes to the guest interface.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This introduces stub implementations of the H_RESIZE_HPT_PREPARE and
H_RESIZE_HPT_COMMIT hypercalls which we hope to add in a PAPR
extension to allow run time resizing of a guest's hash page table. It
also adds a new machine property for controlling whether this new
facility is available.
For now we only allow resizing with TCG, allowing it with KVM will require
kernel changes as well.
Finally, it adds a new string to the hypertas property in the device
tree, advertising to the guest the availability of the HPT resizing
hypercalls. This is a tentative suggested value, and would need to be
standardized by PAPR before being merged.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
e6f7e110ee "ppc/xics: remove the XICSState classes" got rid of
XICSState, this is just an leftover.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Since commit 5c1da81215 ("spapr: Remove unnecessary differences between
hotplug and coldplug paths"), the CPU DT for the DRC is always allocated.
This causes a memory leak for pseries-2.6 and older machine types, that
don't support CPU hotplug and don't allocate DRCs for CPUs.
Reported-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
According to PAPR, the DR-indicator should only be valid for physical DRCs,
not logical DRCs. At the moment we implement it for all DRCs, so restrict
it to physical ones only.
We move the state to the physical DRC subclass, which means adding some
QOM boilerplate to handle the newly distinct type.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Most of the time, the state of a DRC object is contained in the single
'state' variable. However, during the transition from UNISOLATE to
CONFIGURED state requires multiple calls to the ibm,configure-connector
RTAS call to retrieve the device tree for the attached device. We need
some extra state to keep track of where we're up to in delivering the
device tree information to the guest.
Currently that extra state is in a sPAPRConfigureConnectorState
substructure which is only allocated when we're in the middle of the
configure connector process. That sounds like a good idea, but the extra
state is only two integers - on many platforms that will take up the same
room as the (maybe NULL) ccs pointer even before malloc() overhead. Plus
it's another object whose lifetime we need to manage. In short, it's not
worth it.
So, fold the sPAPRConfigureConnectorState substructure directly into the
DRC object.
Previously the structure was allocated lazily when the configure-connector
call discovers it's not there. Now, we need to initialize the subfields
pre-emptively, as soon as we enter UNISOLATE state.
Although it's not strictly necessary (the field values should only ever
be consulted when in UNISOLATE state), we try to keep them at -1 when in
other states, as a debugging aid.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Each DRC has three fields describing its state: isolation_state,
allocation_state and configured. At first this seems like a reasonable
representation, since its based directly on the PAPR defined
isolation-state and allocation-state indicators. However:
* Only a few combinations of the two fields' values are permitted
* allocation_state isn't used at all for physical DRCs
* The indicators are write only so they don't really have a well
defined current value independent of each other
This replaces these variables with a single state variable, whose names
and numbers are based on the diagram in LoPAPR section 13.4. Along with
this we add code to check the current state on various operations and make
sure the requested transition is permitted.
Strictly speaking, this makes guest visible changes to behaviour (since we
probably allowed some transitions we shouldn't have before). However, a
hypothetical guest broken by that wasn't PAPR compliant, and probably
wouldn't have worked under PowerVM.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
'awaiting_release' indicates that the host has requested an unplug of the
device attached to the DRC, but the guest has not (yet) put the device
into a state where it is safe to complete removal.
1. Rename it to 'unplug_requested' which to me at least is clearer
2. Remove the ->release_pending() method used to check this from outside
spapr_drc.c. The method only plausibly has one implementation, so use
a plain function (spapr_drc_unplug_requested()) instead.
3. Remove it from the migration stream. Attempting to migrate mid-unplug
is broken not just for spapr - in general management has no good way to
determine if the device should be present on the destination or not. So,
until that's fixed, there's no point adding extra things to the stream.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This function has two unused parameters - remove them.
It also sets awaiting_release on all paths, except one. On that path
setting it is harmless, since it will be immediately cleared by
spapr_drc_release(). So factor it out of the if statements.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
We currently ignore errors from the object_property_del() in
spapr_drc_release(). But the only way that could fail is if the property
doesn't exist, in which case it's a bug that we're in spapr_drc_release()
at all. So change from ignoring to abort()ing on errors.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
spapr_lmb_release() and spapr_core_release() call hotplug_handler_unplug()
which after a bunch of indirection calls spapr_memory_unplug() or
spapr_core_unplug(). But we already know which is the appropriate thing
to call here, so we can just fold it directly into the release function.
Once that's done, there's no need for an hc->unplug method in the spapr
machine at all: since we also have an hc->unplug_request method, the
hotplug core will never use ->unplug.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The awaiting_allocation flag in the DRC was introduced by aab9913
"spapr_drc: Prevent detach racing against attach for CPU DR", allegedly to
prevent a guest crash on racing attach and detach. Except.. information
from the BZ actually suggests a qemu crash, not a guest crash. And there
shouldn't be a problem here anyway: if the guest has already moved the DRC
away from UNUSABLE state, the detach would already be deferred, and if it
hadn't it should be safe to detach it (the guest should fail gracefully
when it attempts to change the allocation state).
I think this was probably just a bandaid for some other problem in the
state management. So, remove awaiting_allocation and associated code.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
When migrating a guest which has already had devices hotplugged,
libvirt typically starts the destination qemu with -incoming defer,
adds those hotplugged devices with qmp, then initiates the incoming
migration.
This causes problems for the management of spapr DRC state. Because
the device is treated as hotplugged, it goes into a DRC state for a
device immediately after it's plugged, but before the guest has
acknowledged its presence. However, chances are the guest on the
source machine *has* acknowledged the device's presence and configured
it.
If the source has fully configured the device, then DRC state won't be
sent in the migration stream: for maximum migration compatibility with
earlier versions we don't migrate DRCs in coldplug-equivalent state.
That means that the DRC effectively changes state over the migrate,
causing problems later on.
In addition, logging hotplug events for these devices isn't what we
want because a) those events should already have been issued on the
source host and b) the event queue should get wiped out by the
incoming state anyway.
In short, what we really want is to treat devices added before an
incoming migration as if they were coldplugged.
To do this, we first add a spapr_drc_hotplugged() helper which
determines if the device is hotplugged in the sense relevant for DRC
state management. We only send hotplug events when this is true.
Second, when we add a device which isn't hotplugged in this sense, we
force a reset of the DRC state - this ensures the DRC is in a
coldplug-equivalent state (there isn't usually a system reset between
these device adds and the incoming migration).
This is based on an earlier patch by Laurent Vivier, cleaned up and
extended.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The rtas_error_log structure is marked packed, which strongly suggests its
precise layout is important to match an external interface. Along with
that one could expect it to have a fixed endianness to match the same
interface. That used to be the case - matching the layout of PAPR RTAS
event format and requiring BE fields.
Now, however, it's only used embedded within sPAPREventLogEntry with the
fields in native order, since they're processed internally.
Clear that up by removing the nested structure in sPAPREventLogEntry.
struct rtas_error_log is moved back to spapr_events.c where it is used as
a temporary to help convert the fields in sPAPREventLogEntry to the correct
in memory format when delivering an event to the guest.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
In racing situations between hotplug events and migration operation,
a rtas hotplug event could have not yet be delivered to the source
guest when migration is started. In this case the pending_events of
spapr state need be transmitted to the target so that the hotplug
event can be finished on the target.
To achieve the minimal VMSD possible to migrate the pending_events list,
this patch makes the changes in spapr_events.c:
- 'log_type' of sPAPREventLogEntry struct deleted. This information can be
derived by inspecting the rtas_error_log summary field. A new function
called 'spapr_event_log_entry_type' was added to retrieve the type of
a given sPAPREventLogEntry.
- sPAPREventLogEntry, epow_log_full and hp_log_full were redesigned. The
only data we're going to migrate in the VMSD is the event log data itself,
which can be divided in two parts: a rtas_error_log header and an extended
event log field. The rtas_error_log header contains information about the
size of the extended log field, which can be used inside VMSD as the size
parameter of the VBUFFER_ALOC field that will store it. To allow this use,
the header.extended_length field must be exposed inline to the VMSD instead
of embedded into a 'data' field that holds everything. With this in mind,
the following changes were done:
* a new 'header' field was added to sPAPREventLogEntry. This field holds a
a struct rtas_error_log inline.
* the declaration of the 'rtas_error_log' struct was moved to spapr.h
to be visible to the VMSD macros.
* 'data' field of sPAPREventLogEntry was renamed to 'extended_log' and
now holds only the contents of the extended event log.
* 'struct rtas_error_log hdr' were taken away from both epow_log_full
and hp_log_full. This information is now available at the header field of
sPAPREventLogEntry.
* epow_log_full and hp_log_full were renamed to epow_extended_log and
hp_extended_log respectively. This rename makes it clearer to understand
the new purpose of both structures: hold the information of an extended
event log field.
* spapr_powerdown_req and spapr_hotplug_req_event now creates a
sPAPREventLogEntry structure that contains the full rtas log entry.
* rtas_event_log_queue and rtas_event_log_dequeue now receives a
sPAPREventLogEntry pointer as a parameter instead of a void pointer.
- the endianess of the sPAPREventLogEntry header is now native instead
of be32. We can use the fields in native endianess internally and write
them in be32 in the guest physical memory inside 'check_exception'. This
allows the VMSD inside spapr.c to read the correct size of the
entended_log field.
- inside spapr.c, pending_events is put in a subsection in the spapr state
VMSD to make sure migration across different versions is not broken.
A small change in rtas_event_log_queue and rtas_event_log_dequeue were also
made: instead of calling qdev_get_machine(), both functions now receive
a pointer to the sPAPRMachineState. This pointer is already available in
the callers of these functions and we don't need to waste resources
calling qdev() again.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
All the DRC subtypes explicitly list instance_size in TypeInfo (all as
sizeof(sPAPRDRConnector). This isn't necessary, since if it's not listed
it will be derived from the parent type.
Worse, this is dangerous, because if a subtype is changed in future to
have a larger structure, then subtypes of that subtype also need to have
instance_size changed, or it will lead to hard to track memory corruption
bugs.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
A few error handlings are missing because we ignore the subprocess exit
code, for example "docker build" errors are currently ignored.
Introduce _do_check() aside the existing _do() method and use it in a
few places.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170712075528.22770-3-famz@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
When trying to debug problems with tests it is natural to set
DEBUG=1 when starting the docker environment. Unfortunately
this has a side-effect of enabling an eth0 network interface
in the container, which changes the operating environment of
the test suite. IOW tests with fail may suddenly start
working again if DEBUG=1 is set, due to changed network setup.
Add a separate NETWORK variable to allow enablement of
networking separately from DEBUG=1. This can be used in two
ways. To enable the default docker network backend
make docker-test-build@fedora NETWORK=1
while to enable a specific network backend, eg join the network
associated with the container 'wibble':
make docker-test-build@fedora NETWORK=container:wibble
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170713144352.2212-1-berrange@redhat.com>
[Drop the superfluous second $(subst ...). - Fam]
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
The VirtualBox driver is using a mutex to order all allocating writes,
but it is not protecting accesses to the bitmap because they implicitly
happen under the AioContext mutex. Change this to use a CoRwlock
explicitly.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170629132749.997-4-pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
sosendoob() can return a failure code, but all its callers ignore it.
This is OK in sbappend(), as the comment there states -- we will try
again later in sowrite(). Add a (void) cast to tell Coverity so.
In sowrite() we do need to check the return value -- we should handle
a write failure in sosendoob() the same way we handle a write failure
for the normal data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
The code in sosendoob() assumes that slirp_send() always
succeeds, but it might return an OS error code (for instance
if the other end has disconnected). Catch these and return
the caller either -1 on error or the number of urgent bytes
actually written. (None of the callers check this return
value currently, though.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
In a fork_exec() error path we try to closesocket(s) when s might
be a negative number because the thing that failed was the
qemu_socket() call. Add a guard so we don't do this.
(Spotted by Coverity: CID 1005727 issue 1 of 2.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Since we pass the same DeviceState object to
memory_region_init_rom_nomigrate() and vmstate_register_ram(), we can
switch to using memory_region_init_rom() instead.
(This isn't entirely obvious from the code since it is using
&pdev->qdev rather than DEVICE(pdov) for some reason, but
PCIDevice does indeed use 'qdev' for its parent DeviceState member.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499438577-7674-10-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Use the new functions memory_region_init_{ram,rom,rom_device}()
instead of manually calling the _nomigrate() version and then
vmstate_register_ram_global().
Patch automatically created using coccinelle script:
spatch --in-place -sp_file scripts/coccinelle/memory-region-init-ram.cocci -dir hw
(As it turns out, there are no instances of the rom and
rom_device functions that are caught by this script.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499438577-7674-8-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Add new utility functions which both initialize a RAM
MemoryRegion and arrange for its contents to be migrated;
we give thes the memory_region_init_ram(), memory_region_init_rom()
and memory_region_init_rom_device() names that we just freed up
by renaming the old implementations to _nomigrate().
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499438577-7674-6-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The various functions for initializing RAM MemoryRegions do not do
anything to cause the data in the MemoryRegion to be migrated.
Note in their documentation comments that this is the responsibility
of the caller.
(We will shortly add a new function that *does* do this for you.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1499438577-7674-3-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Merge sockets 2017/07/11 v3
# gpg: Signature made Fri 14 Jul 2017 16:09:03 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xBE86EBB415104FDF
# gpg: Good signature from "Daniel P. Berrange <dan@berrange.com>"
# gpg: aka "Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: DAF3 A6FD B26B 6291 2D0E 8E3F BE86 EBB4 1510 4FDF
* remotes/berrange/tags/pull-sockets-2017-07-11-3:
io: preserve ipv4/ipv6 flags when resolving InetSocketAddress
sockets: ensure we don't accept IPv4 clients when IPv4 is disabled
sockets: don't block IPv4 clients when listening on "::"
sockets: ensure we can bind to both ipv4 & ipv6 separately
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The original InetSocketAddress struct may have has_ipv4 and
has_ipv6 fields set, which will control both the ai_family
used during DNS resolution, and later use of the V6ONLY
flag.
Currently the standalone DNS resolver code drops the
has_ipv4 & has_ipv6 flags after resolving, which means
the later bind() code won't correctly set V6ONLY.
This fixes the following scenarios
-vnc :0,ipv4=off
-vnc :0,ipv6=on
-vnc :::0,ipv4=off
-vnc :::0,ipv6=on
which all mistakenly accepted IPv4 clients
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Currently if you disable listening on IPv4 addresses, via the
CLI flag ipv4=off, we still mistakenly accept IPv4 clients via
the IPv6 listener socket due to IPV6_V6ONLY flag being unset.
We must ensure IPV6_V6ONLY is always set if ipv4=off
This fixes the following scenarios
-incoming tcp::9000,ipv6=on
-incoming tcp:[::]:9000,ipv6=on
-chardev socket,id=cdev0,host=,port=9000,server,nowait,ipv4=off
-chardev socket,id=cdev0,host=,port=9000,server,nowait,ipv6=on
-chardev socket,id=cdev0,host=::,port=9000,server,nowait,ipv4=off
-chardev socket,id=cdev0,host=::,port=9000,server,nowait,ipv6=on
which all mistakenly accepted IPv4 clients
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
When inet_parse() parses the hostname, it is forcing the
has_ipv6 && ipv6 flags if the address contains a ":". This
means that if the user had set the ipv4=on flag, to try to
restrict the listener to just ipv4, an error would not have
been raised. eg
-incoming tcp:[::]:9000,ipv4
should have raised an error because listening for IPv4
on "::" is a non-sensical combination. With this removed,
we now call getaddrinfo() on "::" passing PF_INET and
so getaddrinfo reports an error about the hostname being
incompatible with the requested protocol:
qemu-system-x86_64: -incoming tcp:[::]:9000,ipv4: address resolution
failed for :::9000: Address family for hostname not supported
Likewise it is explicitly setting the has_ipv4 & ipv4
flags when the address contains only digits + '.'. This
has no ill-effect, but also has no benefit, so is removed.
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
When binding to an IPv6 socket we currently force the
IPV6_V6ONLY flag to off. This means that the IPv6 socket
will accept both IPv4 & IPv6 sockets when QEMU is launched
with something like
-vnc :::1
While this is good for that case, it is bad for other
cases. For example if an empty hostname is given,
getaddrinfo resolves it to 2 addresses 0.0.0.0 and ::,
in that order. We will thus bind to 0.0.0.0 first, and
then fail to bind to :: on the same port. The same
problem can happen if any other hostname lookup causes
the IPv4 address to be reported before the IPv6 address.
When we get an IPv6 bind failure, we should re-try the
same port, but with IPV6_V6ONLY turned on again, to
avoid clash with any IPv4 listener.
This ensures that
-vnc :1
will bind successfully to both 0.0.0.0 and ::, and also
avoid
-vnc :1,to=2
from mistakenly using a 2nd port for the :: listener.
This is a regression due to commit 396f935 "ui: add ability to
specify multiple VNC listen addresses".
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
s390x/kvm/migration/cpumodel: fixes, enhancements and cleanups
- add a network boot rom for s390 (Thomas Huth)
- migration of storage attributes like the CMMA used/unused state
- PCI related enhancements - full support for aen, ais and zpci
- migration support for css with vmstates (Halil Pasic)
- cpu model enhancements for cpu features
- guarded storage support
# gpg: Signature made Fri 14 Jul 2017 11:33:04 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x117BBC80B5A61C7C
# gpg: Good signature from "Christian Borntraeger (IBM) <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: F922 9381 A334 08F9 DBAB FBCA 117B BC80 B5A6 1C7C
* remotes/borntraeger/tags/s390x-20170714: (40 commits)
s390x/gdb: add gs registers
s390x/arch_dump: also dump guarded storage control block
s390x/kvm: enable guarded storage
s390x/kvm: Enable KSS facility for nested virtualization
s390x/cpumodel: add esop/esop2 to z12 model
s390x/cpumodel: we are always in zarchitecture mode
s390x/cpumodel: wire up new hardware features
s390x/flic: migrate ais states
s390x/cpumodel: add zpci, aen and ais facilities
s390x: initialize cpu firstly
pc-bios/s390: rebuild s390-ccw.img
pc-bios/s390: add s390-netboot.img
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Link libnet into the netboot image and do the TFTP load
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add virtio-net driver code
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add core files for the network bootloading program
roms/SLOF: Update submodule to latest status
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add code for virtio feature negotiation
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Remove unused structs from virtio.h
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Move byteswap functions to a separate header
pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add a write() function for stdio
...
Conflicts:
target/s390x/kvm.c
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Introduce guarded storage support for KVM guests on s390.
We need to enable the capability, extend machine check validity,
sigp store-additional-status-at-address, and migration.
The feature is fenced for older machine type versions.
Signed-off-by: Fan Zhang <zhangfan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Add esop and esop2 features to z12 model where esop2 was originally
introduced. Disable esop and esop2 when using compatibility machine
v2.9 or earlier.
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
In QEMU, a guest VCPU always started in and never was able to leave
z/Architecture mode. Now we have an architected way of showing this
condition.
The SIGP SET ARCHITECTURE instruction is simply rejected. Linux as guest
seems to not care about the return value, which is a good thing
The new handling is just like already being in z/Architecture mode.
We'll not try to fake absence of this facility, but still not indicate
the facility in case some strange CPU model turned z/Architecture off
completely (which doesn't work either way but let's us see how a
guest would react on a lack of this facility).
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
During migration we should transfer ais states to the target guest.
This patch introduces a subsection to kvm_s390_flic_vmstate and new
vmsd for qemu_flic. The ais states need to be migrated only when
ais is supported.
Signed-off-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
zPCI instructions and facilities are available since IBM zEnterprise
EC12. To support z/PCI in QEMU we enable zpci, aen and ais facilities
starting with zEC12 GA1. And we always set zpci and aen bits in max cpu
model. Later they might be switched off due to applied real cpu model.
For ais bit, we only provide it in the full cpu model beginning with
zEC12 and defer its enablement in the default cpu model to a later point
in time. At the same time, disable them for 2.9 and older machines.
Because of introducing AIS facility, we could check if it's enabled to
initialize flic->ais_supported with the real value.
Signed-off-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
rebuild after the following commits
4b996d0 pc-bios/s390-ccw: Link libnet into the netboot image and do the TFTP load
e6879a6 pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add virtio-net driver code
766500f pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add core files for the network bootloading program
f807e55 pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add code for virtio feature negotiation
b4e3b4f pc-bios/s390-ccw: Remove unused structs from virtio.h
dd3dc5e pc-bios/s390-ccw: Move byteswap functions to a separate header
a20b4fe pc-bios/s390-ccw: Add a write() function for stdio
262e07c pc-bios/s390-ccw: Move virtio-block related functions into a separate file
7438d32 pc-bios/s390-ccw: Move ebc2asc to sclp.c
8760bad pc-bios/s390-ccw: Move libc functions to separate header
c68f450 pc-bios/s390-ccw: use STRIP variable in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
It's already possible to do a network boot of an s390x guest with an
external netboot image based on a Linux installation, but it would
be much more convenient if the s390-ccw firmware supported network
booting right out of the box, without the need to assemble such an
external image first.
This is an s390-netboot.img that can be used for network booting.
You can download a combined kernel + initrd image via TFTP
by starting QEMU for example with:
qemu-system-s390x ... -device virtio-net,netdev=n1,bootindex=1 \
-netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp,bootfile=kernel.img
Note that this version does not support downloading via config
files (i.e. pxelinux config files or .INS config files) yet. This
will be added later.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
This is just a preparation for the next steps: Add a makefile and a
stripped down copy of pc-bios/s390-ccw/main.c as a basis for the network
bootloader program, linked against the libc from SLOF already (which we
will need for SLOF's libnet). The networking code is not included yet.
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1499863793-18627-10-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
The upcoming netboot code will use the libc from SLOF. To be able
to still use s390-ccw.h there, the libc related functions in this
header have to be moved to a different location.
And while we're at it, remove the duplicate memcpy() function from
sclp.c.
Reviewed-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1499863793-18627-2-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Since we are going to need a migration compatibility breaking change to
activate ChannelSubSys migration let us use the opportunity to introduce
ORB to the SubchDev before that (otherwise we would need separate
handling e.g. a compat property).
The ORB will be useful for implementing IDA, or async handling of
subchannel work.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenther Hutzl <hutzl@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20170711145441.33925-5-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Although we have recently vmstatified the migration of some css
infrastructure, for some css entities there is still state to be
migrated left, because the focus was keeping migration stream
compatibility (that is basically everything as-is).
Let us add vmstate helpers and extend existing vmstate descriptions so
that we have everything we need. Let us guard the added state via
css_migration_enabled, so we keep the compatible behavior if css
migration is disabled.
Let's also annotate the bits which do not need to be migrated for better
readability.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170711145441.33925-4-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Currently the migration of the channel subsystem (css) is only partial
and is done by the virtio ccw proxies -- the only migratable css devices
existing at the moment.
With the current work on emulated and passthrough devices we need to
decouple the migration of the channel subsystem state from virtio ccw,
and have a separate section for it. A new section however necessarily
breaks the migration compatibility.
So let us introduce a switch at the machine class, and put it in 'off'
state for now. We will turn the switch 'on' for future machines once all
preparations are met. For compatibility machines the switch will stay
'off'.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20170711145441.33925-3-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Let's use the new inject_airq callback of flic to inject adapter
interrupts. For kvm case, if the kernel flic doesn't support the new
interface, the irq routine remains unchanged. For non-kvm case,
qemu-flic handles the suppression process.
Signed-off-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Fei Li <sherrylf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Let's introduce a specialized way to inject adapter interrupts that,
unlike the common interrupt injection method, allows to take the
characteristics of the adapter into account.
For adapters subject to AIS facility:
- for non-kvm case, we handle the suppression for a given ISC in QEMU.
- for kvm case, we pass adapter id to kvm to do airq injection.
Add add tracepoint for suppressed airq and suppressing airq.
Signed-off-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Fei Li <sherrylf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
In order to emulate the adapter interruption suppression (AIS)
facility properly, the guest needs to be able to modify the AIS mask.
Interrupt suppression will be handled via the flic (for kvm, via a
recently introduced kernel backend; for !kvm, in the flic code), so
let's introduce a method to change the mode via the flic interface.
We introduce the 'simm' and 'nimm' fields to QEMUS390FLICState
to store interruption modes for each ISC. Each bit in 'simm' and
'nimm' targets one ISC, and collaboratively indicate three modes:
ALL-Interruptions, SINGLE-Interruption and NO-Interruptions. This
interface can initiate most transitions between the states; transition
from SINGLE-Interruption to NO-Interruptions via adapter interrupt
injection will be introduced in a following patch. The meaningful
combinations are as follows:
interruption mode | simm bit | nimm bit
------------------|----------|----------
ALL | 0 | 0
SINGLE | 1 | 0
NO | 1 | 1
Co-authored-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Fei Li <sherrylf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Introduce a new 'flags' field to IoAdapter to contain further
characteristics of the adapter, like whether the adapter is subject to
adapter-interruption suppression.
For the kvm case, pass this value in the 'flags' field when
registering an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Fei Li <sherrylf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Clean up spacing and add comments to clarify difference between base, full and
default models.
Not having spacing around the model definitions in gen-features.c is
particularly frustrating as the reader tends to misinterpret which model they
are looking at or editing.
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Add an "info" monitor command to non-destructively inspect the state of
the storage attributes of the guest, and a normal command to toggle
migration mode (useful for debugging).
Signed-off-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
commit af3c8d98508d37541d4bf57f13a984a7f73a328c
Merge tag 'drm-for-v4.13' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux
There is a change pending for v4.13-rc1 in linux-headers/linux/kvm.h
I will submit a fixup patch for 2.10 as soon as it hits the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Unlike the usual object_property_add_link() invocations in other
devices, ivshmem checks the "is mapped" state of the backend in addition
to qdev_prop_allow_set_link_before_realize. To convert it without
specializing DEFINE_PROP_LINK which always uses the qdev callback, move
the extra check to device realize time.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170714021509.23681-12-famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Unlike the usual object_property_add_link() invocations in other
devices, dimm checks the "is mapped" state of the backend in addition to
qdev_prop_allow_set_link_before_realize. To convert it without
specializing DEFINE_PROP_LINK which always uses the qdev general check
callback, move the extra check to device realize time.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170714021509.23681-11-famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Unlike other object_property_add_link() occurrences in virtio devices,
virtio-crypto checks the "in use" state of the linked backend object in
addition to qdev_prop_allow_set_link_before_realize. To convert it
without needing to specialize DEFINE_PROP_LINK which always uses the
qdev callback, move the "in use" check to device realize time.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170714021509.23681-10-famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
link's check callback is supposed to verify/permit setting it,
however currently nothing restricts it from misusing it
and modifying target object from within.
Make sure that readonly semantics are checked by compiler
to prevent callback's misuse.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170714021509.23681-2-famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This check is redundant because it is already performed by the only
caller of dump_exec_info -- the caller was updated by b7da97eef
("monitor: Check whether TCG is enabled before running the "info jit"
code").
Checking twice wouldn't necessarily be too bad, but here the check also
returns with tb_lock held. So we can either do the check before tb_lock is
acquired, or just get rid of it. Given that it is redundant, I am going
for the latter option.
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Commit e7b161d573 ("vl: add tcg_enabled() for tcg related code") adds
a check to exit the program when !tcg_enabled() while parsing the -tb-size
flag.
It turns out that when the -tb-size flag is evaluated, tcg_enabled() can
only return 0, since it is set (or not) much later by configure_accelerator().
Fix it by unconditionally exiting if the flag is passed to a QEMU binary
built with !CONFIG_TCG.
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The upstream NBD Protocol has defined a new extension to allow
the server to advertise block sizes to the client, as well as
a way for the client to inform the server whether it intends to
obey block sizes.
When using the block layer as the client, we will obey block
sizes; but when used as 'qemu-nbd -c' to hand off to the
kernel nbd module as the client, we are still waiting for the
kernel to implement a way for us to learn if it will honor
block sizes (perhaps by an addition to sysfs, rather than an
ioctl), as well as any way to tell the kernel what additional
block sizes to obey (NBD_SET_BLKSIZE appears to be accurate
for the minimum size, but preferred and maximum sizes would
probably be new ioctl()s), so until then, we need to make our
request for block sizes conditional.
When using ioctl(NBD_SET_BLKSIZE) to hand off to the kernel,
use the minimum block size as the sector size if it is larger
than 512, which also has the nice effect of cooperating with
(non-qemu) servers that don't do read-modify-write when
exposing a block device with 4k sectors; it might also allow
us to visit a file larger than 2T on a 32-bit kernel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-10-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The upstream NBD Protocol has defined a new extension to allow
the server to advertise block sizes to the client, as well as
a way for the client to inform the server that it intends to
obey block sizes.
Thanks to a recent fix (commit df7b97ff), our real minimum
transfer size is always 1 (the block layer takes care of
read-modify-write on our behalf), but we're still more efficient
if we advertise 512 when the client supports it, as follows:
- OPT_INFO, but no NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE: advertise 512, then
fail with NBD_REP_ERR_BLOCK_SIZE_REQD; client is free to try
something else since we don't disconnect
- OPT_INFO with NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE: advertise 512
- OPT_GO, but no NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE: advertise 1
- OPT_GO with NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE: advertise 512
We can also advertise the optimum block size (presumably the
cluster size, when exporting a qcow2 file), and our absolute
maximum transfer size of 32M, to help newer clients avoid
EINVAL failures or abrupt disconnects on oversize requests.
We do not reject clients for using the older NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME;
we are no worse off for those clients than we used to be.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-9-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME is lousy: per the NBD protocol, any failure
requires the server to close the connection rather than report an
error to us. Therefore, upstream NBD recently added NBD_OPT_GO as
the improved version of the option that does what we want [1]: it
reports sane errors on failures, and on success provides at least
as much info as NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME.
[1] https://github.com/NetworkBlockDevice/nbd/blob/extension-info/doc/proto.md
This is a first cut at use of the information types. Note that we
do not need to use NBD_OPT_INFO, and that use of NBD_OPT_GO means
we no longer have to use NBD_OPT_LIST to learn whether a server
requires TLS (this requires servers that gracefully handle unknown
NBD_OPT, many servers prior to qemu 2.5 were buggy, but I have patched
qemu, upstream nbd, and nbdkit in the meantime, in part because of
interoperability testing with this patch). We still fall back to
NBD_OPT_LIST when NBD_OPT_GO is not supported on the server, as it
is still one last chance for a nicer error message. Later patches
will use further info, like NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-8-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME is lousy: per the NBD protocol, any failure
requires us to close the connection rather than report an error.
Therefore, upstream NBD recently added NBD_OPT_GO as the improved
version of the option that does what we want [1], along with
NBD_OPT_INFO that returns the same information but does not
transition to transmission phase.
[1] https://github.com/NetworkBlockDevice/nbd/blob/extension-info/doc/proto.md
This is a first cut at the information types, and only passes the
same information already available through NBD_OPT_LIST and
NBD_OPT_EXPORT_NAME; items like NBD_INFO_BLOCK_SIZE (and thus any
use of NBD_REP_ERR_BLOCK_SIZE_REQD) are intentionally left for
later patches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-7-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reply directly in nbd_negotiate_handle_export_name(), rather than
waiting until nbd_negotiate_options() completes. This will make it
easier to implement NBD_OPT_GO. Pass additional parameters around,
rather than stashing things inside NBDClient.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-6-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The NBD protocol has several constants defined in various extensions
that we are about to implement. Expose them to the code, along with
an easy way to map various constants to strings during diagnostic
messages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-4-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The NBD Protocol is introducing some additional information
about exports, such as minimum request size and alignment, as
well as an advertised maximum request size. It will be easier
to feed this information back to the block layer if we gather
all the information into a struct, rather than adding yet more
pointer parameters during negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707203049.534-2-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This finishes QOM'fication of IOMMUMemoryRegion by introducing
a IOMMUMemoryRegionClass. This also provides a fastpath analog for
IOMMU_MEMORY_REGION_GET_CLASS().
This makes IOMMUMemoryRegion an abstract class.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Message-Id: <20170711035620.4232-3-aik@ozlabs.ru>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This defines new QOM object - IOMMUMemoryRegion - with MemoryRegion
as a parent.
This moves IOMMU-related fields from MR to IOMMU MR. However to avoid
dymanic QOM casting in fast path (address_space_translate, etc),
this adds an @is_iommu boolean flag to MR and provides new helper to
do simple cast to IOMMU MR - memory_region_get_iommu. The flag
is set in the instance init callback. This defines
memory_region_is_iommu as memory_region_get_iommu()!=NULL.
This switches MemoryRegion to IOMMUMemoryRegion in most places except
the ones where MemoryRegion may be an alias.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Message-Id: <20170711035620.4232-2-aik@ozlabs.ru>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The thread-id of 0 means any CPU but we then ignore the fact we find
the first_cpu in this case who can have an index of 0. Instead of
bailing out just test if we have managed to match up thread-id to a
CPU.
Otherwise you get:
gdb_handle_packet: command='vCont;C04:0;c'
put_packet: reply='E22'
The actual reason for gdb sending vCont;C04:0;c was fixed in a
previous commit where we ensure the first_cpu's tid is correctly
reported to gdb however we should still behave correctly next time it
does send 0.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20170712105216.747-5-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This was only used by the gdbstub and even then was only being set for
subsequent threads. Rather the continue duplicating the number just
make the gdbstub get the information from TaskState structure.
Now the tid is correctly reported for all threads the bug I was seeing
with "vCont;C04:0;c" packets is fixed as the correct tid is reported
to gdb.
I moved cpu_gdb_index into the gdbstub to facilitate easy access to
the TaskState which is used elsewhere in gdbstub.
To prevent BSD failing to build I've included ts_tid into its
TaskStruct but not populated it - which was the same state as the old
cpu->host_tid. I'll leave it up to the BSD maintainers to actually
populate this properly if they want a working gdbstub with
user-threads.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20170712105216.747-4-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Convert the a gdb_debug helper which compiles away to nothing when not
used but still ensures the format strings are checked. There is some
minor code motion for the incorrect checksum message to report it
before we attempt to send the reply.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20170712105216.747-2-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In mttcg, calling pause_all_vcpus() during execution from the
generated TBs causes a deadlock if some vCPU is waiting for exclusive
execution in start_exclusive(). Fix this by using the aync_safe_*
framework instead of pausing vcpus for patching instructions.
CC: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
CC: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Pranith Kumar <bobby.prani@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170712215143.19594-2-bobby.prani@gmail.com>
[Get rid completely of the TCG-specific code. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When accessing guest's ram block during DMA operation, use
'qemu_ram_ptr_length' to get ram block pointer. It ensures
that DMA operation of given length is possible; And avoids
any OOB memory access situations.
Reported-by: Alex <broscutamaker@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Prasad J Pandit <pjp@fedoraproject.org>
Message-Id: <20170712123840.29328-1-ppandit@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This allows to change the port's backend runtime, e.g. change it from
file to a socket making it possible to establish a debug session with
WinDbg
> qemu-system [..] -chardev file,id=charchannel2,path=/tmp/charchannel2 \
-device isa-serial,chardev=charchannel2,id=channel2
QEMU 2.9.50 monitor - type 'help' for more information
(qemu) chardev-change charchannel2 \
socket,host=127.0.0.1,port=4242,server,nowait
For a backend change, a number of ioctls has to be replayed to sync
the current setup of a frontend to a backend tty. This is hopefully
enough so we don't have to track, store and replay the whole original
control byte sequence.
Signed-off-by: Anton Nefedov <anton.nefedov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-Id: <1499342940-56739-14-git-send-email-anton.nefedov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This patch adds a possibility to change a char device without a frontend
removal.
Ideally, it would have to happen transparently to a frontend, i.e.
frontend would continue its regular operation.
However, backends are not stateless and are set up by the frontends
via qemu_chr_fe_<> functions, and it's not (generally) possible to replay
that setup entirely in a backend code, as different chardevs respond
to the setup calls differently, so do frontends work differently basing
on those setup responses.
Moreover, some frontend can generally get and save the backend pointer
(qemu_chr_fe_get_driver()), and it will become invalid after backend change.
So, a frontend which would like to support chardev hotswap has to register
a "backend change" handler, and redo its backend setup there.
Signed-off-by: Anton Nefedov <anton.nefedov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-Id: <1499342940-56739-4-git-send-email-anton.nefedov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This warning is included in -Wall by clang, but not by GCC (which only
enables it for -Wextra). Include it in the list of warnings we enable
to minimize the differences between the compilers:
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Let's keep track of cmma enablement and move the mem_path check into
the actual enablement. This now also warns users that do not use
cpu-models about disabled cmma when using huge pages.
Signed-off-by: Janosch Frank <frankja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
MIPS patches 2017-07-11
Changes:
* Fix MSA copy_[s|u]_df corner case of rd = 0
* Update malta to load the initrd at the end of the low memory
# gpg: Signature made Tue 11 Jul 2017 15:42:20 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x2238EB86D5F797C2
# gpg: Good signature from "Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 8600 4CF5 3415 A5D9 4CFA 2B5C 2238 EB86 D5F7 97C2
* remotes/yongbok/tags/mips-20170711:
mips/malta: load the initrd at the end of the low memory
target/mips: fix msa copy_[s|u]_df rd = 0 corner case
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The gen_ prefix is awkward. Generated C should go through cgen()
exactly once (see commit 1f9a7a1). The common way to get this wrong is
passing a foo=gen_foo() keyword argument to mcgen(). I'd like us to
adopt a naming convention where gen_ means "something that's been piped
through cgen(), and thus must not be passed to cgen() or mcgen()".
Requires renaming gen_params(), gen_marshal_proto() and
gen_event_send_proto().
Suggested-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170601124143.10915-1-marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
The recent commit b097efc0 used qobject_decref(QOBJECT(E)), even
though we already have QDECREF(E) for that purpose. We can update
our coccinelle script to catch any future relapses; with that in
place, the rest of the patch is generated with:
spatch --sp-file scripts/coccinelle/qobject.cocci \
--macro-file scripts/cocci-macro-file.h --dir . --in-place
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170624181008.25497-3-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Dan's addition of key-secret improvements in commit 29cf9336 was
developed prior to the addition of QDict scalar insertion macros,
but merged after the general cleanup in commit 46f5ac20.
Patch created mechanically by rerunning:
spatch --sp-file scripts/coccinelle/qobject.cocci \
--macro-file scripts/cocci-macro-file.h --dir . --in-place
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-Id: <20170624181008.25497-2-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
This function creates a collection of self-describing refcount
structures (including a new refcount table) at the end of a qcow2 image
file. Optionally, these structures can also describe a number of
additional clusters beyond themselves; this will be important for
preallocated truncation, which will place the data clusters and L2
tables there.
For now, we can use this function to replace the part of
alloc_refcount_block() that grows the refcount table (from which it is
actually derived).
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613202107.10125-13-mreitz@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
preallocate() is and will be called only from places that do not
otherwise need to lock s->lock: Currently that is qcow2_create2(), as of
a future patch it will be called from qcow2_truncate(), too.
It therefore makes sense to move locking that mutex into preallocate()
itself.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613202107.10125-11-mreitz@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This patch adds two new parameters to the preallocate() function so we
will be able to use it not just for preallocating a new image but also
for preallocated image growth.
The offset parameter allows the caller to specify a virtual offset from
which to start preallocating. For newly created images this is always 0,
but for preallocating growth this will be the old image length.
The new_length parameter specifies the supposed new length of the image
(basically the "end offset" for preallocation). During image truncation,
bdrv_getlength() will return the old image length so we cannot rely on
its return value then.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613202107.10125-10-mreitz@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Currently, raw_regular_truncate() is intended for setting the size of a
newly created file. However, we also want to use it for truncating an
existing file in which case only the newly added space (when growing)
should be preallocated.
This also means that if resizing failed, we should try to restore the
original file size. This is important when using preallocation.
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613202107.10125-8-mreitz@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Add a --preallocation command line option to qemu-img resize which can
be used to set the PreallocMode parameter of blk_truncate().
While touching this code, fix the fact that we did not handle errors
returned by blk_getlength().
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613202107.10125-5-mreitz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Some tests produce format-dependent output. Either the difference is
filtered out and ignored, or the test case is format-specific so we
don't need to worry about per-format output differences.
There is a third case: the test script is the same for all image formats
and the format-dependent output is relevant. An ugly workaround is to
copy-paste the test into multiple per-format test cases. This
duplicates code and is not maintainable.
This patch allows test cases to add per-format golden output files so a
single test case can work correctly when format-dependent output must be
checked:
123.out.qcow2
123.out.raw
123.out.vmdk
...
This naming scheme is not composable with 123.out.nocache or 123.pc.out,
two other scenarios where output files are split. I don't think it
matters since few test cases need these features.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-id: 20170705125738.8777-9-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The measure subcommand calculates the size required by a new image file.
This can be used by users or management tools that need to allocate
space on an LVM volume, SAN LUN, etc before creating or converting an
image file.
Suggested-by: Maor Lipchuk <mlipchuk@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-id: 20170705125738.8777-8-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The refcount metadata size calculation is inaccurate and can produce
numbers that are too small. This is bad because we should calculate a
conservative number - one that is guaranteed to be large enough.
This patch switches the approach to a fixed point calculation because
the existing equation is hard to solve when inaccuracies are taken care
of.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-id: 20170705125738.8777-5-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
bdrv_measure() provides a conservative maximum for the size of a new
image. This information is handy if storage needs to be allocated (e.g.
a SAN or an LVM volume) ahead of time.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Message-id: 20170705125738.8777-2-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
POSIX says that backslashes in the arguments to 'echo', as well as
any use of 'echo -n' and 'echo -e', are non-portable; it recommends
people should favor 'printf' instead. This is definitely true where
we do not control which shell is running (such as in makefile snippets
or in documentation examples). But even for scripts where we
require bash (and therefore, where echo does what we want by default),
it is still possible to use 'shopt -s xpg_echo' to change bash's
behavior of echo. And setting a good example never hurts when we are
not sure if a snippet will be copied from a bash-only script to a
general shell script (although I don't change the use of non-portable
\e for ESC when we know the running shell is bash).
Replace 'echo -n "..."' with 'printf %s "..."', and 'echo -e "..."'
with 'printf %b "...\n"', with the optimization that the %s/%b
argument can be omitted if the string being printed is a strict
literal with no '%', '$', or '`' (we could technically also make
this optimization when there are $ or `` substitutions but where
we can prove their results will not be problematic, but proving
that such substitutions are safe makes the patch less trivial
compared to just being consistent).
In the qemu-iotests check script, fix unusual shell quoting
that would result in word-splitting if 'date' outputs a space.
In test 051, take an opportunity to shorten the line.
In test 068, get rid of a pointless second invocation of bash.
CC: qemu-trivial@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170703180950.9895-1-eblake@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
A user may specify a relative path for accessing qemu, qemu-img, etc.
through environment variables ($QEMU_PROG and friends) or a symlink.
If a test decides to change its working directory, relative paths will
cease to work, however. Work around this by making all of the paths to
programs that should undergo testing absolute. Besides "realpath", we
also have to use "type -p" to support programs in $PATH.
As a side effect, this fixes specifying these programs as symlinks for
out-of-tree builds: Before, you would have to create two symlinks, one
in the build and one in the source tree (the first one for common.config
to find, the second one for the iotest to use). Now it is sufficient to
create one in the build tree because common.config will resolve it.
Reported-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170702150510.23276-2-mreitz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
On some distros, whenever you close a block device file
descriptor there is a udev rule that resets the file
permissions. This can race with the test script when
we run qemu-io multiple times against the same block
device. Occasionally the second qemu-io invocation
will find udev has reset the permissions causing failure.
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170626123510.20134-6-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
By default the PBKDF algorithm used with LUKS is tuned
based on the number of iterations to produce 1 second
of running time. This makes running the I/O test with
the LUKS format orders of magnitude slower than with
qcow2/raw formats.
When creating LUKS images, set the iteration time to
a 10ms to reduce the time overhead for LUKS, since
security does not matter in I/O tests.
Previously a full 'check -luks' would take
$ time ./check -luks
Passed all 22 tests
real 23m9.988s
user 21m46.223s
sys 0m22.841s
Now it takes
$ time ./check -luks
Passed all 22 tests
real 4m39.235s
user 3m29.590s
sys 0m24.234s
Still slow compared to qcow2/raw, but much improved
none the less.
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170626123510.20134-4-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The tests 033, 140, 145 and 157 were all broken
when run with LUKS, since they did not correctly use
the required image opts args syntax to specify the
decryption secret. Further, the 120 test simply does
not make sense to run with luks, as the scenario
exercised is not relevant.
The test 181 was broken when run with LUKS because
it didn't take account of fact that $TEST_IMG was
already in image opts syntax. The launch_qemu
helper also didn't register the secret object
providing the LUKS password.
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170626123510.20134-3-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
While the qemu-img dd command does accept --image-opts
this is not sufficient to make it work with the LUKS
image yet. This is because bdrv_create() still always
requires the non-image-opts syntax.
Thus we must skip 159/170 with luks for now
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170626123510.20134-2-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
New field BdrvDirtyBitmap.persistent means, that bitmap should be saved
by format driver in .bdrv_close and .bdrv_inactivate. No format driver
supports it for now.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-id: 20170628120530.31251-18-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com
[mreitz: Fixed indentation]
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
It will be needed in following commits for persistent bitmaps.
If bitmap is loaded from read-only storage (and we can't mark it
"in use" in this storage) corresponding BdrvDirtyBitmap should be
read-only.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-id: 20170628120530.31251-11-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Add bitmap extension as specified in docs/specs/qcow2.txt.
For now, just mirror extension header into Qcow2 state and check
constraints. Also, calculate refcounts for qcow2 bitmaps, to not break
qemu-img check.
For now, disable image resize if it has bitmaps. It will be fixed later.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170628120530.31251-9-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
A bitmap directory entry is sometimes called a 'bitmap header'. This
patch leaves only one name - 'bitmap directory entry'. The name 'bitmap
header' creates misunderstandings with 'qcow2 header' and 'qcow2 bitmap
header extension' (which is extension of qcow2 header)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170628120530.31251-3-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
mirror_complete opens the backing chain, which should have the same
AioContext as the top when using iothreads. Make the code guarantee
this, which fixes a failed assertion in bdrv_attach_child.
Signed-off-by: sochin.jiang <sochin.jiang@huawei.com>
Message-id: 1498475064-39816-1-git-send-email-sochin.jiang@huawei.com
[mreitz: Reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
While the crypto layer uses a fixed option name "key-secret",
the upper block layer may have a prefix on the options. e.g.
"encrypt.key-secret", in order to avoid clashes between crypto
option names & other block option names. To ensure the crypto
layer can report accurate error messages, we must tell it what
option name prefix was used.
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-19-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Now that all encryption keys must be provided upfront via
the QCryptoSecret API and associated block driver properties
there is no need for any explicit encryption handling APIs
in the block layer. Encryption can be handled transparently
within the block driver. We only retain an API for querying
whether an image is encrypted or not, since that is a
potentially useful piece of metadata to report to the user.
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-18-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Now that qcow & qcow2 are wired up to get encryption keys
via the QCryptoSecret object, nothing is relying on the
interactive prompting for passwords. All the code related
to password prompting can thus be ripped out.
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-17-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This adds support for using LUKS as an encryption format
with the qcow2 file, using the new encrypt.format parameter
to request "luks" format. e.g.
# qemu-img create --object secret,data=123456,id=sec0 \
-f qcow2 -o encrypt.format=luks,encrypt.key-secret=sec0 \
test.qcow2 10G
The legacy "encryption=on" parameter still results in
creation of the old qcow2 AES format (and is equivalent
to the new 'encryption-format=aes'). e.g. the following are
equivalent:
# qemu-img create --object secret,data=123456,id=sec0 \
-f qcow2 -o encryption=on,encrypt.key-secret=sec0 \
test.qcow2 10G
# qemu-img create --object secret,data=123456,id=sec0 \
-f qcow2 -o encryption-format=aes,encrypt.key-secret=sec0 \
test.qcow2 10G
With the LUKS format it is necessary to store the LUKS
partition header and key material in the QCow2 file. This
data can be many MB in size, so cannot go into the QCow2
header region directly. Thus the spec defines a FDE
(Full Disk Encryption) header extension that specifies
the offset of a set of clusters to hold the FDE headers,
as well as the length of that region. The LUKS header is
thus stored in these extra allocated clusters before the
main image payload.
Aside from all the cryptographic differences implied by
use of the LUKS format, there is one further key difference
between the use of legacy AES and LUKS encryption in qcow2.
For LUKS, the initialiazation vectors are generated using
the host physical sector as the input, rather than the
guest virtual sector. This guarantees unique initialization
vectors for all sectors when qcow2 internal snapshots are
used, thus giving stronger protection against watermarking
attacks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-14-berrange@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This converts the qcow2 driver to make use of the QCryptoBlock
APIs for encrypting image content, using the legacy QCow2 AES
scheme.
With this change it is now required to use the QCryptoSecret
object for providing passwords, instead of the current block
password APIs / interactive prompting.
$QEMU \
-object secret,id=sec0,file=/home/berrange/encrypted.pw \
-drive file=/home/berrange/encrypted.qcow2,encrypt.key-secret=sec0
The test 087 could be simplified since there is no longer a
difference in behaviour when using blockdev_add with encrypted
images for the running vs stopped CPU state.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-12-berrange@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Instead of requiring separate input/output buffers for
encrypting data, change qcow2_encrypt_sectors() to assume
use of a single buffer, encrypting in place. The current
callers all used the same buffer for input/output already.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-11-berrange@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This converts the qcow driver to make use of the QCryptoBlock
APIs for encrypting image content. This is only wired up to
permit use of the legacy QCow encryption format. Users who wish
to have the strong LUKS format should switch to qcow2 instead.
With this change it is now required to use the QCryptoSecret
object for providing passwords, instead of the current block
password APIs / interactive prompting.
$QEMU \
-object secret,id=sec0,file=/home/berrange/encrypted.pw \
-drive file=/home/berrange/encrypted.qcow,encrypt.format=aes,\
encrypt.key-secret=sec0
Though note that running QEMU system emulators with the AES
encryption is no longer supported, so while the above syntax
is valid, QEMU will refuse to actually run the VM in this
particular example.
Likewise when creating images with the legacy AES-CBC format
qemu-img create -f qcow \
--object secret,id=sec0,file=/home/berrange/encrypted.pw \
-o encrypt.format=aes,encrypt.key-secret=sec0 \
/home/berrange/encrypted.qcow 64M
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-10-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Instead of requiring separate input/output buffers for
encrypting data, change encrypt_sectors() to assume
use of a single buffer, encrypting in place. One current
caller uses the same buffer for input/output already
and the other two callers are easily converted to do so.
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-9-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Historically the qcow & qcow2 image formats supported a property
"encryption=on" to enable their built-in AES encryption. We'll
soon be supporting LUKS for qcow2, so need a more general purpose
way to enable encryption, with a choice of formats.
This introduces an "encrypt.format" option, which will later be
joined by a number of other "encrypt.XXX" options. The use of
a "encrypt." prefix instead of "encrypt-" is done to facilitate
mapping to a nested QAPI schema at later date.
e.g. the preferred syntax is now
qemu-img create -f qcow2 -o encrypt.format=aes demo.qcow2
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-8-berrange@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Document that use of guest virtual sector numbers as the basis for
the initialization vectors is a potential weakness, when combined
with internal snapshots or multiple images using the same passphrase.
This fixes the formatting of the itemized list too.
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-4-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
When integrating the crypto support with qcow/qcow2, we don't
want to use the bare LUKS option names "hash-alg", "key-secret",
etc. We need to namespace them to match the nested QAPI schema.
e.g. "encrypt.hash-alg", "encrypt.key-secret"
so that they don't clash with any general qcow options at a later
date.
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-3-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
The block/crypto.c defines a set of QemuOpts that provide
parameters for encryption. This will also be needed by
the qcow/qcow2 integration, so expose the relevant pieces
in a new block/crypto.h header. Some helper methods taking
QemuOpts are changed to take QDict to simplify usage in
other places.
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170623162419.26068-2-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
ppc patch queue 2017-07-11
* Several minor cleanups from Greg Kurz
* Fix for migration of pseries-2.7 and earlier machine types
* More reworking of the DRC hotplug code, fixing several problems
though there are still more to go
* Fixes for CPU family / alias handling on POWER9
* Preliminary patches for POWER9 XIVE (new interrupt controller)
support
* Assorted other fixes
# gpg: Signature made Tue 11 Jul 2017 05:35:16 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x6C38CACA20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (kernel.org) <dwg@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.10-20170711:
spapr: populate device tree depending on XIVE_EXPLOIT option
spapr: introduce the XIVE_EXPLOIT option in CAS
ppc/kvm: have the "family" CPU alias to point to TYPE_HOST_POWERPC_CPU
spapr: Only report host/guest IOMMU page size mismatches on KVM
spapr: fix memory hotplug error path
target/ppc: Add debug function for radix mmu translation
target/ppc: Refactor tcg radix mmu code
spapr: Use unplug_request for PCI hot unplug
spapr: Remove unnecessary differences between hotplug and coldplug paths
spapr: Add DRC release method
spapr: Uniform DRC reset paths
spapr: Leave DR-indicator management to the guest
target-ppc: SPR_BOOKE_ESR not set on FP exceptions
spapr: fix migration to pseries machine < 2.8
spapr: fix bogus function name in comment
spapr: refresh "platform-specific" hcalls comment
spapr: make spapr_populate_hotplug_cpu_dt() static
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add documentation comments describing the public API of the
ptimer countdown timer.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
This was used to extract .txt documentation for QMP. This was
changed to use the QAPI schema instead, so zap it.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Currently the malta board is loading the initrd just after the kernel.
This doesn't work for kaslr enabled kernels, as the initrd ends-up being
overwritten.
Move the initrd at the end of the low memory, that should leave a
sufficient gap for kaslr.
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Tested-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
This patch fixes the msa copy_[s|u]_df instruction emulation when
the destination register rd is zero. Without this patch the zero
register would get clobbered, which should never happen because it
is supposed to be hardwired to 0.
Fix this corner case by explicitly checking rd = 0 and effectively
making these instructions emulation no-op in that case.
Signed-off-by: Miodrag Dinic <miodrag.dinic@imgtec.com>
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Acked-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Yongbok Kim <yongbok.kim@imgtec.com>
For v7M, writes to the CONTROL register are only permitted for
privileged code. However even if the code is privileged, the
write must not affect the SPSEL bit in the CONTROL register
if the CPU is in Thread mode (as documented in the pseudocode
for the MSR instruction). Implement this, instead of permitting
SPSEL to be written in all cases.
This was causing mbed applications not to run, because the
RTX RTOS they use relies on this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 1498820791-8130-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
When running with KVM enabled, you can choose between emulating the
gic in kernel or user space. If the kernel supports in-kernel virtualization
of the interrupt controller, it will default to that. If not, if will
default to user space emulation.
Unfortunately when running in user mode gic emulation, we miss out on
interrupt events which are only available from kernel space, such as the timer.
This patch leverages the new kernel/user space pending line synchronization for
timer events. It does not handle PMU events yet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Jones <drjones@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1498577737-130264-1-git-send-email-agraf@suse.de
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The ast2400 contains two and the ast2500 contains three watchdogs.
Add this information to the AspeedSoCInfo and realise the correct number
of watchdogs for that each SoC type.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add emulation for Exynos4210 Pseudo Random Number Generator which could
work on fixed seeds or with seeds provided by True Random Number
Generator block inside the SoC.
Implement only the fixed seeds part of it in polling mode (no
interrupts).
Emulation tested with two independent Linux kernel exynos-rng drivers:
1. New kcapi-rng interface (targeting Linux v4.12),
2. Old hwrng inteface
# echo "exynos" > /sys/class/misc/hw_random/rng_current
# dd if=/dev/hwrng of=/dev/null bs=1 count=16
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Message-id: 20170425180609.11004-1-krzk@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
[PMM: wrapped a few overlong lines; more efficient implementation
of exynos4210_rng_seed_ready()]
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The content of the backends/trace-events file was entirely
removed in
commit 6b10e573d1
Author: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Date: Mon May 29 12:39:42 2017 +0400
char: move char devices to chardev/
Leaving the empty file around, causes tracetool to generate
an empty .dtrace file which makes the dtrace compiler throw
a syntax error.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20170629162046.4135-1-berrange@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
The caller of SetupDiGetClassDevs must delete the returned device information
set when it is no longer needed by calling SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList.
Signed-off-by: Li Ping <li.ping288@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
fprintf(stderr) is how errors are reported in this file.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Our FORTIFY_SOURCE check assumes that $cxx refers to a working C++
compiler, with the result that if you don't happen to have one
then configure will spuriously print
configure: line 4685: c++: command not found
Fix this by adding a 'has $cxx' check.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
The kludged field 'msi_nonbroken' is declared in "hw/pci/msi.h" and defined in
hw/pci/msi.c.
When using an ARM config with CONFIG_PCI disabled, hw/pci/msi.c is not included.
Without being PCI-related, the files hw/intc/arm_gicv[23*].c do access this
field (to enable the kludge if PCI is enabled).
The final link fails since hw/pci/msi.c is not included.
Defining this field in pci-stub is safe enough for configs without CONFIG_PCI.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
The configure script prefers pkg-config over sdl-config, but
the "--static-libs" parameter only exists for the latter. With
pkg-config, "--static --libs" have to be used instead.
Buglink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/984516
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
When XIVE is supported, the device tree should be populated
accordingly and the XIVE memory regions mapped to activate MMIOs.
Depending on the design we choose, we could also allocate different
ICS and ICP objects, or switch between objects. This needs to be
discussed.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
On POWER9, the Client Architecture Support (CAS) negotiation process
determines whether the guest operates in XIVE Legacy compatibility
(the former POWER8 interrupt model) or in XIVE exploitation mode (the
newer POWER9 interrupt model).
Bit 7 of Byte 23 of vector 5 is used for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
When running KVM on POWER, we allow the user to pass "-cpu POWERx" instead
of "-cpu host". This is achieved by patching the ppc_cpu_aliases[] array
so that "POWERx" points to the CPU class with the same PVR as the host CPU.
This causes CPUs to be instantiated from this CPU class instead of the
TYPE_HOST_POWERPC_CPU class which is used with "-cpu host". These CPUs thus
miss all the KVM specific tuning from kvmppc_host_cpu_class_init().
This currently causes QEMU with "-cpu POWER9" to fail when running KVM on a
POWER9 DD1 host:
qemu-system-ppc64: Register sync failed... If you're using kvm-hv.ko, only
"-cpu host" is possible
kvm_init_vcpu failed: Invalid argument
Let's have the "POWERx" alias to point to TYPE_HOST_POWERPC_CPU directly,
so that "-cpu POWERx" instantiates CPUs from the same class as "-cpu host".
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We print a warning if the spapr IOMMU isn't configured to support a page
size matching the host page size backing RAM. When that's the case we need
more complex logic to translate VFIO mappings, which is slower.
But, it's not so slow that it would be at all noticeable against the
general slowness of TCG. So, only warn when using KVM. This removes some
noisy and unhelpful warnings from make check on hosts with page sizes
which typically differ from those on POWER (e.g. Sparc).
Reported-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
QEMU shouldn't abort if spapr_add_lmbs()->spapr_drc_attach() fails.
Let's propagate the error instead, like it is done everywhere else
where spapr_drc_attach() is called.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
In target/ppc/mmu-hash64.c there already exists the function
ppc_hash64_get_phys_page_debug() to get the physical (real) address for
a given effective address in hash mode.
Implement the function ppc_radix64_get_phys_page_debug() to allow a real
address to be obtained for a given effective address in radix mode.
This is used when a debugger is attached to qemu.
Previously we just had a comment saying this is unimplemented which then
fell through to the default case and caused an abort due to
unrecognised mmu model as the default had no case for the V3 mmu, which
was misleading at best.
We reuse ppc_radix64_walk_tree() which is used by the radix fault
handler since the process of walking the radix tree is identical.
Reported-by: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The mmu-radix64.c file implements functions to enable the radix mmu
emulation in tcg mode. There is a function ppc_radix64_walk_tree() which
performs the radix tree walk and also implicitly checks the pte
protection.
Move the protection checking of the pte from the ppc_radix64_walk_tree()
function into the caller. This means the ppc_radix64_walk_tree() function
can be used without protection checking which is useful for debugging.
ppc_radix64_walk_tree() no longer needs to take the rwx and prot variables.
Signed-off-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
AIUI, ->unplug_request in the HotplugHandler is used for "soft"
unplug, where acknowledgement from the guest is required before
completing the unplug, whereas ->unplug is used for "hard" unplug
where qemu unilaterally removes the device, and the guest just has to
cope with its sudden absence. For spapr we (correctly) use
->unplug_request for CPU and memory hot unplug but we use ->unplug for
PCI.
While I think it might be possible to support "hard" PCI unplug within
the PAPR model, that's not how it actually works now. Although it's
called from ->unplug, the PCI unplug path will usually just mark the
device for removal, with completion of the unplug delayed until
userspace responds to the unplug notification. If the guest doesn't
respond as expected, that could delay the unplug completion arbitrarily
long.
To reflect that, change the PCI unplug path to be called from
->unplug_request. We also rename spapr_phb_hot_plug_child() and
spapr_phb_hot_unplug_child() to spapr_pci_plug() and
spapr_pci_unplug_request() to more obviously reflect the callbacks they're
implementing.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
spapr_drc_attach() has a 'coldplug' parameter which sets the DRC into
configured state initially, instead of the usual ISOLATED/UNUSABLE state.
It turns out this is unnecessary: although coldplugged devices do need to
be in CONFIGURED state once the guest starts, that will already be
accomplished by the reset code which will move DRCs for already plugged
devices into a coldplug equivalent state.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
At the moment, spapr_drc_release() has an ugly switch on the DRC type to
call the right, device-specific release function. This cleans it up by
doing that via a proper QOM method.
It's still arguably an abstraction violation for the DRC code to call into
the specific device code, but one mess at a time.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
DRC objects have a regular device reset method. However, it only gets
called in the usual way for PCI DRCs. Because of where CPU and LMB DRCs
are in the QOM tree, their device reset method isn't automatically called.
So, the machine manually registers reset handlers to call device_reset().
This patch removes the device reset method, and instead always explicitly
registers the reset handler from realize(). This means the callers don't
have to worry about the two cases, and we always get proper resets.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
The DR-indicator is essentially a "virtual LED" attached to a hotpluggable
device, which the guest can set to various states for the attention of
the operator or management layers.
It's mostly guest managed, except that we once-off set it to
ACTIVE/INACTIVE in the attach/detach path. While that makes certain sense,
there's no indication in PAPR that the hypervisor should do this, and the
drmgr code on the guest side doesn't appear to need it (it will already set
the indicator to ACTIVE on hotplug, and INACTIVE on remove).
So, leave the DR-indicator entirely to the guest; the only thing we need
to do is ensure it's in a sane state on reset.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Properly set the book E exception syndrome register when a floating
point exception occurs.
Currently on a book E processor, the POWERPC_EXCP_FP exception handler
fails to set "env->spr[SPR_BOOKE_ESR] = ESR_FP;" as required by the
book E specification.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Larson <alarson@ddci.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
since commit 5c4537bd ("spapr: Fix 2.7<->2.8 migration of PCI host bridge"),
some migration fields are forged from the new ones in spapr_pci_pre_save().
It works well, except when the number of MSI devices is 0,
because in this case the function exits immediately.
This fix moves the migration code before the exit code.
The problem can be reproduced with these commands:
source qemu-2.9:
qemu-system-ppc64 -monitor stdio -M pseries-2.6 -nodefaults -S
destination qemu-2.6:
qemu-system-ppc64 -monitor stdio -M pseries-2.6 -nodefaults \
-incoming tcp:0:4444
on the source:
migrate tcp:localhost:4444
Destination fails with the following error:
qemu-system-ppc64: error while loading state for
instance 0x0 of device 'spapr_pci'
qemu-system-ppc64: load of migration failed: Invalid argument
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
$ git grep spapr_ppc_reset
hw/ppc/spapr.c: * as part of spapr_ppc_reset().
$ git grep ppc_spapr_reset
hw/ppc/spapr.c:static void ppc_spapr_reset(void)
hw/ppc/spapr.c: mc->reset = ppc_spapr_reset;
hw/ppc/spapr_hcall.c: /* If ppc_spapr_reset() did not set up a HPT
but one is necessary
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Since commit ff9006ddbf ("spapr: move spapr_core_[foo]plug() callbacks
close to machine code in spapr.c"), this function doesn't need to be extern
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Migration pull 2017-07-10
# gpg: Signature made Mon 10 Jul 2017 18:04:57 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x0516331EBC5BFDE7
# gpg: Good signature from "Dr. David Alan Gilbert (RH2) <dgilbert@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 45F5 C71B 4A0C B7FB 977A 9FA9 0516 331E BC5B FDE7
* remotes/dgilbert/tags/pull-migration-20170710a:
migration: Make compression_threads use save/load_setup/cleanup()
migration: Convert ram to use new load_setup()/load_cleanup()
migration: Create load_setup()/cleanup() methods
migration: Rename cleanup() to save_cleanup()
migration: Rename save_live_setup() to save_setup()
doc: update TYPE_MIGRATION documents
doc: add item for "-M enforce-config-section"
vl: move global property, migrate init earlier
migration: fix handling for --only-migratable
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Once there, I rename ram_migration_cleanup() to ram_save_cleanup().
Notice that this is the first pass, and I only passed XBZRLE to the
new scheme. Moved decoded_buf to inside XBZRLE struct.
As a bonus, I don't have to export xbzrle functions from ram.c.
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
--
loaded_data pointer was needed because called can change it (dave)
spell loaded correctly in comment (dave)
Message-Id: <20170628095228.4661-5-quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
We need to do things at load time and at cleanup time.
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
--
Move the printing of the error message so we can print the device
giving the error.
Add call to postcopy stuff
Message-Id: <20170628095228.4661-4-quintela@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Currently drive_init_func() may call migrate_get_current() while the
migrate object is still not ready yet at that time. Move the migration
object init earlier, along with the global properties, right after
acceleration init.
This fixes a breakage for iotest 055, which caused an assertion failure.
Reported-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Tested-by: QingFeng Hao <haoqf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 3df663 ("migration: move only_migratable to MigrationState")
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1499242883-2184-3-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Intel 82599 VFs report a PCIe capability version of 0, which is
invalid. The earliest version of the PCIe spec used version 1. This
causes Windows to fail startup on the device and it will be disabled
with error code 10. Our choices are either to drop the PCIe cap on
such devices, which has the side effect of likely preventing the guest
from discovering any extended capabilities, or performing a fixup to
update the capability to the earliest valid version. This implements
the latter.
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
VFIOGroup.device_list is effectively our reference tracking mechanism
such that we can teardown a group when all of the device references
are removed. However, we also use this list from our machine reset
handler for processing resets that affect multiple devices. Generally
device removals are fully processed (exitfn + finalize) when this
reset handler is invoked, however if the removal is triggered via
another reset handler (piix4_reset->acpi_pcihp_reset) then the device
exitfn may run, but not finalize. In this case we hit asserts when
we start trying to access PCI helpers since much of the PCI state of
the device is released. To resolve this, add a pointer to the Object
DeviceState in our common base-device and skip non-realized devices
as we iterate.
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Let NBD use the trace mechanisms already present in qemu. Now you can
use the -trace optino of qemu, or the -T/--trace option of qemu-img,
qemu-io, and qemu-nbd, to select nbd traces. For qemu, the QMP commands
trace-event-{get,set}-state can also toggle tracing on the fly.
Example:
qemu-nbd --trace 'nbd_*' <image file> # enables all nbd traces
Recompilation with CFLAGS=-DDEBUG_NBD is no more needed, furthermore,
DEBUG_NBD macro is removed from the code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-Id: <20170707152918.23086-11-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
[eblake: minor tweaks to a couple of traces]
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Combine two successive "if (oldStyle) {...} else {...}" into one.
Block "if (client->tlscreds)" under "if (oldStyle)" is unreachable,
as we have "oldStyle = client->exp != NULL && !client->tlscreds;".
So, delete this block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Message-Id: <20170707152918.23086-3-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Separate the case when a client sends NBD_OPT_ABORT from all other
errors. It will be needed for the following patch, where errors will be
reported.
This particular case is not actually an error - it honestly follows the
NBD protocol. Therefore it should not be reported like an error.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Sementsov-Ogievskiy <vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707152918.23086-2-vsementsov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
We are promising more than just odd fixes, and Paolo is hoping
to offload the pull requests to me. Also, enough of NBD is related
to the block layer that it is worth including qemu-block on patches.
While at it, include blockdev-nbd.c and qemu-nbd.texi in the set
of maintained files.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170707182151.29872-1-eblake@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Block layer patches
# gpg: Signature made Mon 10 Jul 2017 12:26:44 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x7F09B272C88F2FD6
# gpg: Good signature from "Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: DC3D EB15 9A9A F95D 3D74 56FE 7F09 B272 C88F 2FD6
* remotes/kevin/tags/for-upstream: (40 commits)
block: Make bdrv_is_allocated_above() byte-based
block: Minimize raw use of bds->total_sectors
block: Make bdrv_is_allocated() byte-based
backup: Switch backup_run() to byte-based
backup: Switch backup_do_cow() to byte-based
backup: Switch block_backup.h to byte-based
backup: Switch BackupBlockJob to byte-based
block: Drop unused bdrv_round_sectors_to_clusters()
mirror: Switch mirror_iteration() to byte-based
mirror: Switch mirror_do_read() to byte-based
mirror: Switch mirror_cow_align() to byte-based
mirror: Update signature of mirror_clip_sectors()
mirror: Switch mirror_do_zero_or_discard() to byte-based
mirror: Switch MirrorBlockJob to byte-based
commit: Switch commit_run() to byte-based
commit: Switch commit_populate() to byte-based
stream: Switch stream_run() to byte-based
stream: Drop reached_end for stream_complete()
stream: Switch stream_populate() to byte-based
trace: Show blockjob actions via bytes, not sectors
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We are gradually moving away from sector-based interfaces, towards
byte-based. In the common case, allocation is unlikely to ever use
values that are not naturally sector-aligned, but it is possible
that byte-based values will let us be more precise about allocation
at the end of an unaligned file that can do byte-based access.
Changing the signature of the function to use int64_t *pnum ensures
that the compiler enforces that all callers are updated. For now,
the io.c layer still assert()s that all callers are sector-aligned,
but that can be relaxed when a later patch implements byte-based
block status. Therefore, for the most part this patch is just the
addition of scaling at the callers followed by inverse scaling at
bdrv_is_allocated(). But some code, particularly stream_run(),
gets a lot simpler because it no longer has to mess with sectors.
Leave comments where we can further simplify by switching to
byte-based iterations, once later patches eliminate the need for
sector-aligned operations.
For ease of review, bdrv_is_allocated() was tackled separately.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
bdrv_is_allocated_above() was relying on intermediate->total_sectors,
which is a field that can have stale contents depending on the value
of intermediate->has_variable_length. An audit shows that we are safe
(we were first calling through bdrv_co_get_block_status() which in
turn calls bdrv_nb_sectors() and therefore just refreshed the current
length), but it's nicer to favor our accessor functions to avoid having
to repeat such an audit, even if it means refresh_total_sectors() is
called more frequently.
Suggested-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Manos Pitsidianakis <el13635@mail.ntua.gr>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually moving away from sector-based interfaces, towards
byte-based. In the common case, allocation is unlikely to ever use
values that are not naturally sector-aligned, but it is possible
that byte-based values will let us be more precise about allocation
at the end of an unaligned file that can do byte-based access.
Changing the signature of the function to use int64_t *pnum ensures
that the compiler enforces that all callers are updated. For now,
the io.c layer still assert()s that all callers are sector-aligned
on input and that *pnum is sector-aligned on return to the caller,
but that can be relaxed when a later patch implements byte-based
block status. Therefore, this code adds usages like
DIV_ROUND_UP(,BDRV_SECTOR_SIZE) to callers that still want aligned
values, where the call might reasonbly give non-aligned results
in the future; on the other hand, no rounding is needed for callers
that should just continue to work with byte alignment.
For the most part this patch is just the addition of scaling at the
callers followed by inverse scaling at bdrv_is_allocated(). But
some code, particularly bdrv_commit(), gets a lot simpler because it
no longer has to mess with sectors; also, it is now possible to pass
NULL if the caller does not care how much of the image is allocated
beyond the initial offset. Leave comments where we can further
simplify once a later patch eliminates the need for sector-aligned
requests through bdrv_is_allocated().
For ease of review, bdrv_is_allocated_above() will be tackled
separately.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Change the internal
loop iteration of backups to track by bytes instead of sectors
(although we are still guaranteed that we iterate by steps that
are cluster-aligned).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Convert another internal
function (no semantic change).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Continue by converting
the public interface to backup jobs (no semantic change), including
a change to CowRequest to track by bytes instead of cluster indices.
Note that this does not change the difference between the public
interface (starting point, and size of the subsequent range) and
the internal interface (starting and end points).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Xie Changlong <xiechanglong@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Continue by converting an
internal structure (no semantic change), and all references to
tracking progress. Drop a redundant local variable bytes_per_cluster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Now that the last user [mirror_iteration()] has converted to using
bytes, we no longer need a function to round sectors to clusters.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Change the internal
loop iteration of mirroring to track by bytes instead of sectors
(although we are still guaranteed that we iterate by steps that
are both sector-aligned and multiples of the granularity). Drop
the now-unused mirror_clip_sectors().
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Convert another internal
function, preserving all existing semantics, and adding one more
assertion that things are still sector-aligned (so that conversions
to sectors in mirror_read_complete don't need to round).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Convert another internal
function (no semantic change), and add mirror_clip_bytes() as a
counterpart to mirror_clip_sectors(). Some of the conversion is
a bit tricky, requiring temporaries to convert between units; it
will be cleared up in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Rather than having a void function that modifies its input
in-place as the output, change the signature to reduce a layer
of indirection and return the result.
Suggested-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Convert another internal
function (no semantic change).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Continue by converting an
internal structure (no semantic change), and all references to the
buffer size.
Add an assertion that our use of s->granularity >> BDRV_SECTOR_BITS
(necessary for interaction with sector-based dirty bitmaps, until
a later patch converts those to be byte-based) does not suffer from
truncation problems.
[checkpatch has a false positive on use of MIN() in this patch]
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Change the internal
loop iteration of committing to track by bytes instead of sectors
(although we are still guaranteed that we iterate by steps that
are sector-aligned).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Start by converting an
internal function (no semantic change).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Change the internal
loop iteration of streaming to track by bytes instead of sectors
(although we are still guaranteed that we iterate by steps that
are sector-aligned).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
stream_complete() skips the work of rewriting the backing file if
the job was cancelled, if data->reached_end is false, or if there
was an error detected (non-zero data->ret) during the streaming.
But note that in stream_run(), data->reached_end is only set if the
loop ran to completion, and data->ret is only 0 in two cases:
either the loop ran to completion (possibly by cancellation, but
stream_complete checks for that), or we took an early goto out
because there is no bs->backing. Thus, we can preserve the same
semantics without the use of reached_end, by merely checking for
bs->backing (and logically, if there was no backing file, streaming
is a no-op, so there is no backing file to rewrite).
Suggested-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are gradually converting to byte-based interfaces, as they are
easier to reason about than sector-based. Start by converting an
internal function (no semantic change).
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Upcoming patches are going to switch to byte-based interfaces
instead of sector-based. Even worse, trace_backup_do_cow_enter()
had a weird mix of cluster and sector indices.
The trace interface is low enough that there are no stability
guarantees, and therefore nothing wrong with changing our units,
even in cases like trace_backup_do_cow_skip() where we are not
changing the trace output. So make the tracing uniformly use
bytes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The user interface specifies job rate limits in bytes/second.
It's pointless to have our internal representation track things
in sectors/second, particularly since we want to move away from
sector-based interfaces.
Fix up a doc typo found while verifying that the ratelimit
code handles the scaling difference.
Repetition of expressions like 'n * BDRV_SECTOR_SIZE' will be
cleaned up later when functions are converted to iterate over
images by bytes rather than by sectors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Cody <jcody@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We likely do not want to carry these legacy -drive options along forever.
Let's emit a deprecation warning for the -drive options that have a
replacement with the -device option, so that the (hopefully few) remaining
users are aware of this and can adapt their scripts / behaviour accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The '-e' and '-6' options to the 'create' & 'convert' commands were
"deprecated" in favour of the more generic '-o' option many years ago:
commit eec77d9e71
Author: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Date: Tue Dec 7 17:44:34 2010 +0100
qemu-img: Deprecate obsolete -6 and -e options
Except this was never actually a deprecation, which would imply giving
the user a warning while the functionality continues to work for a
number of releases before eventual removal. Instead the options were
immediately turned into an error + exit. Given that the functionality
is already broken, there's no point in keeping these psuedo-deprecation
messages around any longer.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
According to specification:
"'MSWIN4.1' is the recommanded setting, because it is the setting least likely
to cause compatibility problems. If you want to put something else in here,
that is your option, but the result may be that some FAT drivers might not
recognize the volume."
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, page 9
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, page 23
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
FAT12/FAT16 root directory is two sectors in size, which allows only 512 directory entries.
Prevent QEMU startup if too much files exist, instead of overflowing root directory.
Also introduce variable root_entries, which will be required for FAT32.
Fixes: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1599539/comments/4
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
More specifically:
- try without numeric-tail only if LFN didn't have invalid short chars
- start at ~1 (instead of ~0)
- handle case if numeric tail is more than one char (ie > 10)
Windows 9x Scandisk doesn't see anymore mismatches between short file names and
long file names for non-ASCII filenames.
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, page 31
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
More specifically, create short name from filename and change blacklist of
invalid chars to whitelist of valid chars.
Windows 9x also now correctly see long file names of filenames containing a space,
but Scandisk still complains about mismatch between SFN and LFN.
[kwolf: Build fix for this intermediate patch (it included declarations
for variables that are only used in the next patch) ]
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, pages 30-31
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Assume that input filename is encoded as UTF-8, so correctly create UTF-16 encoding.
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
readdir() doesn't always return . and .. entries at first and in that order.
This leads to not creating them at first in the directory, which raises some
errors on file system checking utilities like MS-DOS Scandisk.
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, page 25
Fixes: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1599539
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Specification: "FAT: General overview of on-disk format" v1.03, pages 11-13
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
- offset_to_bootsector is the number of sectors up to FAT bootsector
- offset_to_fat is the number of sectors up to first File Allocation Table
- offset_to_root_dir is the number of sectors up to root directory sector
Replace first_sectors_number - 1 by offset_to_bootsector.
Replace first_sectors_number by offset_to_fat.
Replace faked_sectors by offset_to_rootdir.
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
MODE_FAKED and MODE_RENAMED are not and were never used.
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This was a complete mess. On 2299 indented lines:
- 1329 were with spaces only
- 617 with tabulations only
- 353 with spaces and tabulations
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
- bs->total_sectors is the number of sectors of the whole disk
- s->sector_count is the number of sectors of the FAT partition
This fixes the following assert in qemu-img map:
qemu-img.c:2641: get_block_status: Assertion `nb_sectors' failed.
This also fixes an infinite loop in qemu-img convert.
Fixes: 4480e0f924
Fixes: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1599539
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Without a passthrough status of BDRV_BLOCK_RAW, anything wrapped by
blkdebug appears 100% allocated as data. Better is treating it the
same as the underlying file being wrapped.
Update iotest 177 for the new expected output.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The lone caller that cares about a return of BDRV_BLOCK_RAW
(namely, io.c:bdrv_co_get_block_status) completely replaces the
return value, so there is no point in passing BDRV_BLOCK_DATA.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We document that *file is valid if the return is not an error and
includes BDRV_BLOCK_OFFSET_VALID, but forgot to obey this contract
when a driver (such as blkdebug) lacks a callback. Messed up in
commit 67a0fd2 (v2.6), when we added the file parameter.
Enhance qemu-iotest 177 to cover this, using a sequence that would
print garbage or even SEGV, because it was dererefencing through
uninitialized memory. [The resulting test output shows that we
have less-than-ideal block status from the blkdebug driver, but
that's a separate fix coming up soon.]
Setting *file on all paths that return BDRV_BLOCK_OFFSET_VALID is
enough to fix the crash, but we can go one step further: always
setting *file, even on error, means that a broken caller that
blindly dereferences file without checking for error is now more
likely to get a reliable SEGV instead of randomly acting on garbage,
making it easier to diagnose such buggy callers. Adding an
assertion that file is set where expected doesn't hurt either.
CC: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Most callback commands in qemu-io return 0 to keep the interpreter
loop running, or 1 to quit immediately. However, open_f() just
passed through the return value of openfile(), which has different
semantics of returning 0 if a file was opened, or 1 on any failure.
As a result of mixing the return semantics, we are forcing the
qemu-io interpreter to exit early on any failures, which is rather
annoying when some of the failures are obviously trying to give
the user a hint of how to proceed (if we didn't then kill qemu-io
out from under the user's feet):
$ qemu-io
qemu-io> open foo
qemu-io> open foo
file open already, try 'help close'
$ echo $?
0
In general, we WANT openfile() to report failures, since it is the
function used in the form 'qemu-io -c "$something" no_such_file'
for performing one or more -c options on a single file, and it is
not worth attempting $something if the file itself cannot be opened.
So the solution is to fix open_f() to always return 0 (when we are
in interactive mode, even failure to open should not end the
session), and save the return value of openfile() for command line
use in main().
Note, however, that we do have some qemu-iotests that do 'qemu-io
-c "open file" -c "$something"'; such tests will now proceed to
attempt $something whether or not the open succeeded, the same way
as if the two commands had been attempted in interactive mode. As
such, the expected output for those tests has to be modified. But it
also means that it is now possible to use -c close and have a single
qemu-io command line operate on more than one file even without
using interactive mode. Although the '-c open' action is a subtle
change in behavior, remember that qemu-io is for debugging purposes,
so as long as it serves the needs of qemu-iotests while still being
reasonable for interactive use, it should not be a problem that we
are changing tests to the new behavior.
This has been awkward since at least as far back as commit
e3aff4f, in 2009.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Clang generates the following warning on aarch64 host:
CC util/cacheinfo.o
/home/pranith/qemu/util/cacheinfo.c:121:48: warning: value size does not match register size specified by the constraint and modifier [-Wasm-operand-widths]
asm volatile("mrs\t%0, ctr_el0" : "=r"(ctr));
^
/home/pranith/qemu/util/cacheinfo.c:121:28: note: use constraint modifier "w"
asm volatile("mrs\t%0, ctr_el0" : "=r"(ctr));
^~
%w0
Constraint modifier 'w' is not (yet?) accepted by gcc. Fix this by increasing the ctr size.
Tested-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Reviewed-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Pranith Kumar <bobby.prani@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170630153946.11997-1-bobby.prani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
We use ADRP+ADD to compute the target address for goto_tb. This patch
introduces the NOP instruction which is used to align the above
instruction pair so that we can use one atomic instruction to patch
the destination offsets.
CC: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Pranith Kumar <bobby.prani@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170630143614.31059-2-bobby.prani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
When the guest unplugs the emulated NICs, cleanup the peer for each NIC
as it is not needed anymore. Most importantly, this allows the tap
interfaces which QEMU holds open to be closed and removed.
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Anthony PERARD <anthony.perard@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Initialize xenfb properly, as all other backends, from its own
"initialise" function.
Remove the dependency of vkbd on vfb: use qemu_console_lookup_by_index
to find the principal console (to get the size of the screen) instead of
relying on a vfb backend to be available (which adds a dependency
between the two).
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
* qemu-thread portability improvement (Fam)
* virtio-scsi IOMMU fix (Jason)
* poisoning and common-obj-y cleanups (Thomas)
* initial Hypervisor.framework refactoring (Sergio)
* x86 TCG interrupt injection fixes (Wu Xiang, me)
* --disable-tcg support for x86 (Yang Zhong, me)
* various other bugfixes and cleanups (Daniel, Peter, Thomas)
# gpg: Signature made Wed 05 Jul 2017 08:12:56 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xBFFBD25F78C7AE83
# gpg: Good signature from "Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>"
# gpg: aka "Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 46F5 9FBD 57D6 12E7 BFD4 E2F7 7E15 100C CD36 69B1
# Subkey fingerprint: F133 3857 4B66 2389 866C 7682 BFFB D25F 78C7 AE83
* remotes/bonzini/tags/for-upstream: (42 commits)
target/i386: add the CONFIG_TCG into Makefiles
target/i386: add the tcg_enabled() in target/i386/
target/i386: move TLB refill function out of helper.c
target/i386: split cpu_set_mxcsr() and make cpu_set_fpuc() inline
target/i386: make cpu_get_fp80()/cpu_set_fp80() static
target/i386: move cpu_sync_bndcs_hflags() function
tcg: add the CONFIG_TCG into Makefiles
tcg: add CONFIG_TCG guards in headers
exec: elide calls to tb_lock and tb_unlock
tcg: move tb_lock out of translate-all.h
tcg: add the tcg-stub.c file into accel/stubs/
vapic: use tcg_enabled
monitor: disable "info jit" and "info opcount" if !TCG
tcg: make tcg_allowed global
cpu: move interrupt handling out of translate-common.c
tcg: move page_size_init() function
vl: add tcg_enabled() for tcg related code
vl: convert -tb-size to qemu_strtoul
configure: add --disable-tcg configure option
configure: early test for supported targets
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch is based on a similar patch from Stefan Hajnoczi -
commit c324fd0a39 ("virtio-pci: use ioeventfd even when KVM is disabled")
Do not check kvm_eventfds_enabled() when KVM is disabled since it
always returns 0. Since commit 8c56c1a592
("memory: emulate ioeventfd") it has been possible to use ioeventfds in
qtest or TCG mode.
This patch makes -device virtio-scsi-ccw,iothread=iothread0 work even
when KVM is disabled.
Currently we don't have an equivalent to "memory: emulate ioeventfd"
for ccw yet, but that this doesn't hurt and qemu-iotests 068 can pass with
skipping iothread arguments.
I have tested that virtio-scsi-ccw works under tcg both with and without
iothread.
This patch fixes qemu-iotests 068, which was accidentally merged early
despite the dependency on ioeventfd.
Signed-off-by: QingFeng Hao <haoqf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170704132350.11874-2-haoqf@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
The response for query-cpu-definitions didn't include the
unavailable-features field, which is used by libvirt to figure
out whether a certain cpu model is usable on the host.
The unavailable features are now computed by obtaining the host CPU
model and comparing it against the known CPU models. The comparison
takes into account the generation, the GA level and the feature
bitmaps. In the case of a CPU generation/GA level mismatch
a feature called "type" is reported to be missing.
As a result, the output of virsh domcapabilities would change
from something like
...
<mode name='custom' supported='yes'>
<model usable='unknown'>z10EC-base</model>
<model usable='unknown'>z9EC-base</model>
<model usable='unknown'>z196.2-base</model>
<model usable='unknown'>z900-base</model>
<model usable='unknown'>z990</model>
...
to
...
<mode name='custom' supported='yes'>
<model usable='yes'>z10EC-base</model>
<model usable='yes'>z9EC-base</model>
<model usable='no'>z196.2-base</model>
<model usable='yes'>z900-base</model>
<model usable='yes'>z990</model>
...
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1499082529-16970-1-git-send-email-mihajlov@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Commit f6f4ce4211 ("s390x: add property adapter_routes_max_batch",
2016-12-09) introduces a common realize (intended to be common for all
the subclasses) for flic, but fails to make sure the kvm-flic which had
its own is actually calling this common realize.
This omission fortunately does not result in a grave problem. The common
realize was only supposed to catch a possible programming mistake by
validating a value of a property set via the compat machine macros. Since
there was no programming mistake we don't need this fixed for stable.
Let's fix this problem by making sure kvm flic honors the realize of its
parent class.
Let us also improve on the error message we would hypothetically emit
when the validation fails.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: f6f4ce4211 ("s390x: add property adapter_routes_max_batch")
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
From the moment it was introduced by commit a2875e6f98 ("s390x/kvm:
implement floating-interrupt controller device", 2013-07-16) the kvm-flic
is not making realize fail properly in case it's impossible to create the
KVM device which basically serves as a backend and is absolutely
essential for having an operational kvm-flic.
Let's fix this by making sure we do proper error propagation in realize.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: a2875e6f98 "s390x/kvm: implement floating-interrupt controller device"
Reviewed-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Yi Min Zhao <zyimin@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Commit bab482d740 ("s390x/css: ccw translation infrastructure")
introduced instruction interception handler for different types of
subchannels. For emulated 3270 devices, we should assign the virtual
subchannel handler to them during device realization process, or 3270
will not work.
Fixes: bab482d740 ("s390x/css: ccw translation infrastructure")
Reviewed-by: Jing Liu <liujbjl@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dong Jia Shi <bjsdjshi@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Let's vmstatify virtio_ccw_save_config and virtio_ccw_load_config for
flexibility (extending using subsections) and for fun.
To achieve this we need to hack the config_vector, which is VirtIODevice
(that is common virtio) state, in the middle of the VirtioCcwDevice state
representation. This is somewhat ugly, but we have no choice because the
stream format needs to be preserved.
Almost no changes in behavior. Exception is everything that comes with
vmstate like extra bookkeeping about what's in the stream, and maybe some
extra checks and better error reporting.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20170703213414.94298-1-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Add the CONFIG_TCG for frontend and backend's files in the related
Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Add the tcg_enabled() where the x86 target needs to disable
TCG-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This function calls tlb_set_page_with_attrs, which is not available
when TCG is disabled. Move it to excp_helper.c.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Split the cpu_set_mxcsr() and make cpu_set_fpuc() inline with specific
tcg code.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Move cpu_get_fp80()/cpu_set_fp80() from fpu_helper.c to
machine.c because fpu_helper.c will be disabled if tcg is
disabled in the build.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Move cpu_sync_bndcs_hflags() function from mpx_helper.c
to helper.c because mpx_helper.c need be disabled when
tcg is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Add the CONFIG_TCG for frontend and backend's files in the related
Makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Add CONFIG_TCG around TLB-related functions and structure declarations.
Some of these functions are defined in ./accel/tcg/cputlb.c, which will
not be linked in if TCG is disabled, and have no stubs; therefore, their
callers will also be compiled out for --disable-tcg.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If tcg is disabled, the functions in tcg-stub.c file will be called.
This file is target-independent file, do not include any platform
related stub functions into this file.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Change the tcg_enabled() and make sure user build still enable tcg
even x86 softmmu disable tcg.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
translate-common.c will not be available anymore with --disable-tcg,
so we cannot leave cpu_interrupt_handler there.
Move the TCG-specific handler to accel/tcg/tcg-all.c, and adopt
KVM's handler as the default one, since it works just as well for
Xen and qtest.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
translate-all.c will be disabled if tcg is disabled in the build,
so page_size_init() function and related variables will be moved
to exec.c file.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Need to disable the tcg related code in the vl.c if the
disable-tcg option is added into ./configure command.
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This lets you build without TCG (hardware accelerationor qtest only). When
this flag is passed to configure, it will automatically filter out the target
list to only those that support KVM or Xen or HAX.
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Check for unsupported targets in target_list, and print an
error early in the configuration process.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This will be useful when the functions are called, early in the configure
process, to filter out targets that do not support hardware acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Not all platforms check whether a lock is initialized before used. In
particular Linux seems to be more permissive than OSX.
Check initialization state explicitly in our code to catch such bugs
earlier.
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170704122325.25634-1-famz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Using signal to establish a signal handler is not portable; on
SysV systems, the signal handler would be reset to SIG_DFL after
delivery, while BSD preserves the signal handler. Daniel Berrange
reported that (to complicate matters further) the signal system call
has SysV behavior, but glibc signal() actually calls the sigaction
system call to provide BSD behavior.
However, using signal() to set a signal's disposition to SIG_DFL
or SIG_IGN is portable and is a relatively common occurrence in
QEMU source code, so allow that.
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard W.M. Jones <rjones@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In QEMU's main_loop() we used to check whether we should do
a nonblocking call to main_loop(); this was deleted in commit e330c118f2,
because now that vCPUs always drop the I/O thread lock it is an unnecessary
optimization.
The loop in test-char.c copied the old QEMU main_loop() code, but
here the nonblocking check has never been necessary because this
standalone test case doesn't hold the I/O lock anyway. Remove it,
so we can drop the main_loop_wait() return value.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <1498584769-12439-2-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The original ready < nhandles - 1 can be re-written as ready + 1 <
nhandles. The check was actually incorrect because
WAIT_OBJECT_0 was not subtracted from ready; it worked because
WAIT_OBJECT_0 is zero. After subtracting WAIT_OBJECT_0,
the result is the same condition that we are checking on the first
itteration of the for loop. This means we can remove the if statement
and let the for loop check the code.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Message-Id: <a14083d681951f3999a0e9314605cb706381ae8d.1498756113.git.alistair.francis@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The 'sun_path' field in the sockaddr_un struct is not required
to be NUL termianted, so when reporting an error, we must use
the separate 'path' variable which is guaranteed terminated.
Fixes a bug spotted by coverity that was introduced in
commit ad9579aaa1
Author: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Date: Thu May 25 16:53:00 2017 +0100
sockets: improve error reporting if UNIX socket path is too long
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170626103756.22974-1-berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Commit 1f5c00cfdb ("qom/cpu: move tlb_flush to cpu_common_reset")
moved the call to tlb_flush() from the target-specific reset handlers
into the common code qom/cpu.c file, and protected the call with
"#ifdef CONFIG_SOFTMMU" to avoid that it is called for linux-user
only targets. But since qom/cpu.c is common code, CONFIG_SOFTMMU is
*never* defined here, so the tlb_flush() was simply never executed
anymore. Fix it by introducing a wrapper for tlb_flush() in a file
that is re-compiled for each target, i.e. in translate-all.c.
Fixes: 1f5c00cfdb
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498454578-18709-5-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
CONFIG_KVM is only defined for target-specific code, so nobody should
use it by accident in common code. To avoid such subtle bugs,
CONFIG_KVM is now marked as poisoned in common code. The header
include/sysemu/kvm.h is somewhat special since it is included
all over the place from common code, too, so we need some extra
logic via "#ifdef NEED_CPU_H" here to make sure that we can
compile all files without problems.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498454578-18709-4-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
pc.h and sysemu/kvm.h are also included from common code (where
CONFIG_KVM is not available), so the #defines that depend on CONFIG_KVM
should not be declared here to avoid that anybody is using them in a
wrong way. Since we're also going to poison CONFIG_KVM for common code,
let's move them to kvm_i386.h instead. Most of the dummy definitions
from sysemu/kvm.h are also unused since the code that uses them is
only compiled for CONFIG_KVM (e.g. target/i386/kvm.c), so the unused
defines are also simply dropped here instead of being moved.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498454578-18709-3-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Move the handling of conforming code segments before the handling
of stack switch.
Because dpl == cpl after the new "if", it's now unnecessary to check
the C bit when testing dpl < cpl. Furthermore, dpl > cpl is checked
slightly above the modified code, so the final "else" is unreachable
and we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
In do_interrupt64(), when interrupt stack table(ist) is enabled
and the the target code segment is conforming(e2 & DESC_C_MASK), the
old implementation always set new CPL to 0, and SS.RPL to 0.
This is incorrect for when CPL3 code access a CPL0 conforming code
segment, the CPL should remain unchanged. Otherwise higher privileged
code can be compromised.
The patch fix this for always set dpl = cpl when the target code segment
is conforming, and modify the last parameter `flags`, which contains
correct new CPL, in cpu_x86_load_seg_cache().
Signed-off-by: Wu Xiang <willx8@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170621142152.GA18094@wxdeubuntu.ipads-lab.se.sjtu.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When attaching the NBD QIOChannel to an AioContext, the TLS channel should
be used, not the underlying socket channel. This is because, trivially,
the TLS channel will be the one that we read/write to and thus the one
that will get the qio_channel_yield() call.
Fixes: ff82911cd3
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Since commit 3f2ce724f1 ("Move the qemu-ga description into a
separate chapter"), the qemu.1 man page looks pretty much screwed
up, e.g. the title was "qemu-ga - QEMU Guest Agent" instead of
"qemu-doc - QEMU Emulator User Documentation". However, that movement
of the gemu-ga chapter is not the real problem, it just triggered
another bug in the qemu-doc.texi: There are some parts in the file
which introduce a "@c man begin OPTIONS" section, but never close
it again with "@c man end". After adding the proper end tags here,
the title of the man page is right again and the previously wrongly
tagged sections now also show up correctly in the man page, too.
Reported-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1497863771-24929-1-git-send-email-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
edgar/xilinx-next.for-upstream
# gpg: Signature made Tue 04 Jul 2017 10:00:47 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x29C596780F6BCA83
# gpg: Good signature from "Edgar E. Iglesias (Xilinx key) <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>"
# gpg: aka "Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@gmail.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: AC44 FEDC 14F7 F1EB EDBF 4151 29C5 9678 0F6B CA83
* remotes/edgar/tags/edgar/xilinx-next.for-upstream:
xilinx-dp: Add support for the yuy2 video format
target-microblaze: Add CPU version 10.0
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Add BSIFI
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Add BSEFI
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Plug TCG temp leak
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Add braces around if-statements
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Use extract32
target-microblaze: dec_barrel: Use bool instead of unsigned int
target-microblaze: Introduce a use-pcmp-instr property
target-microblaze: Introduce a use-msr-instr property
target-microblaze: Introduce a use-hw-mul property
target-microblaze: Introduce a use-div property
target-microblaze: Introduce a use-barrel property
target-microblaze: Add CPU versions 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6
target-microblaze: Don't hard code 0xb as initial MB version
target-microblaze: Correct bit shift for the PVR0 version field
disas/microblaze: Add missing 'const' attributes
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
pc, acpi, pci, virtio: fixes, cleanups, features, tests
Some fixes and cleanups. New tests.
Configurable tx queue size for virtio-net.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Mon 03 Jul 2017 20:43:17 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x281F0DB8D28D5469
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@kernel.org>"
# gpg: aka "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 0270 606B 6F3C DF3D 0B17 0970 C350 3912 AFBE 8E67
# Subkey fingerprint: 5D09 FD08 71C8 F85B 94CA 8A0D 281F 0DB8 D28D 5469
* remotes/mst/tags/for_upstream: (21 commits)
i386/acpi: update expected acpi files
virtio-net: fix tx queue size for !vhost-user
tests: Add unit tests for the VM Generation ID feature
vhost-user: unregister slave req handler at cleanup time
vhost: ensure vhost_ops are set before calling iotlb callback
intel_iommu: fix migration breakage on mr switch
hw/acpi: remove dead acpi code
fw_cfg: move setting of FW_CFG_VERSION_DMA bit to fw_cfg_init1()
fw_cfg: don't map the fw_cfg IO ports in fw_cfg_io_realize()
i386/kvm/pci-assign: Use errp directly rather than local_err
i386/kvm/pci-assign: Fix return type of verify_irqchip_kernel()
pci: Convert shpc_init() to Error
pci: Convert to realize
pci: Replace pci_add_capability2() with pci_add_capability()
pci: Make errp the last parameter of pci_add_capability()
pci: Fix the wrong assertion.
pci: Add comment for pci_add_capability2()
pci: Clean up error checking in pci_add_capability()
intel_iommu: relax iq tail check on VTD_GCMD_QIE enable
hw/pci-bridge/dec: Classify the DEC PCI bridge as bridge device
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add braces around if-statements.
No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Use extract32 instead of opencoding the shifting and masking.
No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Use bool instead of unsigned int to represent flags.
No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Making the opcode list 'const' saves memory.
Some function arguments and local variables needed 'const', too.
Add also 'static' to two local functions.
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Weil <sw@weilnetz.de>
[EI: Removed old prototypes to fix the build]
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
We dropped some dead code, update extected table binaries.
Fixes: 4d7e7f2702 ("hw/acpi: remove dead acpi code")
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Current code segfaults when no nic peer is specified.
Fix it up - fall back to default queue size.
Fixes: 9b02e1618c ("virtio-net: enable configurable tx queue size")
Cc: Wei Wang <wei.w.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The following tests are implemented:
* test that a GUID passed in by command line is propagated to the guest.
Read the GUID from guest memory
* test that the "auto" argument to the GUID generates a valid GUID, as
seen by the guest.
* test that a GUID passed in can be queried from the monitor
This patch is loosely based on a previous patch from:
Gal Hammer <ghammer@redhat.com> and Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Warren <ben@skyportsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
If the backend sends a request just before closing the socket,
the aio dispatcher might schedule its reading after the vhost
device has been cleaned, leading to a NULL pointer dereference
in slave_read();
vhost_user_cleanup() already closes the socket but it is not
enough, the handler has to be unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
This patch fixes a crash that happens when vhost-user iommu
support is enabled and vhost-user socket is closed.
When it happens, if an IOTLB invalidation notification is sent
by the IOMMU, vhost_ops's NULL pointer is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Migration is broken after the vfio integration work:
qemu-kvm: AHCI: Failed to start FIS receive engine: bad FIS receive buffer address
qemu-kvm: Failed to load ich9_ahci:ahci
qemu-kvm: error while loading state for instance 0x0 of device '0000:00:1f.2/ich9_ahci'
qemu-kvm: load of migration failed: Operation not permitted
The problem is that vfio work introduced dynamic memory region
switching (actually it is also used for future PT mode), and this memory
region layout is not properly delivered to destination when migration
happens. Solution is to rebuild the layout in post_load.
Bug: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1459906
Fixes: 558e0024 ("intel_iommu: allow dynamic switch of IOMMU region")
Reviewed-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The setting of the FW_CFG_VERSION_DMA bit is the same across both the
TYPE_FW_CFG_MEM and TYPE_FW_CFG_IO devices, so unify the logic in
fw_cfg_init1().
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu>
As indicated by Laszlo it is a QOM bug for the realize() method to actually
map the device. Set up the IO regions within fw_cfg_io_realize() and defer
the mapping with sysbus_add_io() to the caller, as already done in
fw_cfg_init_mem_wide().
This makes the iobase and dma_iobase properties now obsolete so they can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu>
When the function no success value to transmit, it usually make the
function return void. It has turned out not to be a success, because
it means that the extra local_err variable and error_propagate() will
be needed. It leads to cumbersome code, therefore, transmit success/
failure in the return value is worth. So fix the return type to avoid
it.
Cc: pbonzini@redhat.com
Cc: rth@twiddle.net
Cc: ehabkost@redhat.com
Cc: mst@redhat.com
Cc: armbru@redhat.com
Cc: marcel@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Mao Zhongyi <maozy.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
On success, pci_add_capability2() returns a positive value. On
failure, it sets an error and return a negative value.
pci_add_capability() laboriously checks this behavior. No other
caller does. Drop the checks from pci_add_capability().
Cc: mst@redhat.com
Cc: marcel@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Mao Zhongyi <maozy.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The VT-d spec (section 6.5.2) prescribes software to zero the
Invalidation Queue Tail Register before enabling the VTD_GCMD_QIE
Global Command Register bit. Windows Server 2012 R2 and possibly
other older Windows versions violate the protocol and set a
non-zero queue tail first, which in effect makes them crash early
on boot with -device intel-iommu,intremap=on.
This commit relaxes the check and instead of failing to enable
VTD_GCMD_QIE with vtd_err_qi_enable, it behaves as if the tail
register was set just after enabling VTD_GCMD_QIE
(see vtd_handle_iqt_write).
Signed-off-by: Ladi Prosek <lprosek@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
This patch enables the virtio-net tx queue size to be configurable
between 256 (the default queue size) and 1024 by the user when the
vhost-user backend is used.
Currently, the maximum tx queue size for other backends is 512 due
to the following limitations:
- QEMU backend: the QEMU backend implementation in some cases may
send 1024+1 iovs to writev.
- Vhost_net backend: there are possibilities that the guest sends
a vring_desc of memory which crosses a MemoryRegion thereby
generating more than 1024 iovs after translation from guest-physical
address in the backend.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <wei.w.wang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Some code paths can lead to atomic accesses racing with memset()
on cpu->tb_jmp_cache, which can result in torn reads/writes
and is undefined behaviour in C11.
These torn accesses are unlikely to show up as bugs, but from code
inspection they seem possible. For example, tb_phys_invalidate does:
/* remove the TB from the hash list */
h = tb_jmp_cache_hash_func(tb->pc);
CPU_FOREACH(cpu) {
if (atomic_read(&cpu->tb_jmp_cache[h]) == tb) {
atomic_set(&cpu->tb_jmp_cache[h], NULL);
}
}
Here atomic_set might race with a concurrent memset (such as the
ones scheduled via "unsafe" async work, e.g. tlb_flush_page) and
therefore we might end up with a torn pointer (or who knows what,
because we are under undefined behaviour).
This patch converts parallel accesses to cpu->tb_jmp_cache to use
atomic primitives, thereby bringing these accesses back to defined
behaviour. The price to pay is to potentially execute more instructions
when clearing cpu->tb_jmp_cache, but given how infrequently they happen
and the small size of the cache, the performance impact I have measured
is within noise range when booting debian-arm.
Note that under "safe async" work (e.g. do_tb_flush) we could use memset
because no other vcpus are running. However I'm keeping these accesses
atomic as well to keep things simple and to avoid confusing analysis
tools such as ThreadSanitizer.
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Message-Id: <1497486973-25845-1-git-send-email-cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
We are relying on cpu_env being defined as a global, yet most
targets (i.e. all but arm/a64) have it defined as a local variable.
Luckily all of them use the same "cpu_env" name, but really
compilation shouldn't break if the name of that local variable
changed.
Fix it by using tcg_ctx.tcg_env, which all targets set in their
translate_init function. This change also helps paving the way
for the upcoming "translation loop common to all targets" work.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Emilio G. Cota <cota@braap.org>
Message-Id: <1497639397-19453-3-git-send-email-cota@braap.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
# gpg: Signature made Fri 30 Jun 2017 15:08:45 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xCA35624C6A9171C6
# gpg: Good signature from "Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 5003 7CB7 9706 0F76 F021 AD56 CA35 624C 6A91 71C6
* remotes/famz/tags/block-pull-request:
block: Exploit BDRV_BLOCK_EOF for larger zero blocks
block: Add BDRV_BLOCK_EOF to bdrv_get_block_status()
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
When we have a BDS with unallocated clusters, but asking the status
of its underlying bs->file or backing layer encounters an end-of-file
condition, we know that the rest of the unallocated area will read as
zeroes. However, pre-patch, this required two separate calls to
bdrv_get_block_status(), as the first call stops at the point where
the underlying file ends. Thanks to BDRV_BLOCK_EOF, we can now widen
the results of the primary status if the secondary status already
includes BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO.
In turn, this fixes a TODO mentioned in iotest 154, where we can now
see that all sectors in a partial cluster at the end of a file read
as zero when coupling the shorter backing file's status along with our
knowledge that the remaining sectors came from an unallocated cluster.
Also, note that the loop in bdrv_co_get_block_status_above() had an
inefficent exit: in cases where the active layer sets BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO
but does NOT set BDRV_BLOCK_ALLOCATED (namely, where we know we read
zeroes merely because our unallocated clusters lie beyond the backing
file's shorter length), we still ended up probing the backing layer
even though we already had a good answer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170505021500.19315-3-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Just as the block layer already sets BDRV_BLOCK_ALLOCATED as a
shortcut for subsequent operations, there are also some optimizations
that are made easier if we can quickly tell that *pnum will advance
us to the end of a file, via a new BDRV_BLOCK_EOF which gets set
by the block layer.
This just plumbs up the new bit; subsequent patches will make use
of it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170505021500.19315-2-eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
ppc patch queue 2017-06-30
* More DRC cleanups, these now actually fix a few bugs
* Properly implements the openpic timers (they now count and
generate interrupts)
* Fixes for XICS migration
* Fixes for migration of POWER9 RPT guests
* The last of the compatibility mode rework
# gpg: Signature made Fri 30 Jun 2017 10:52:25 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x6C38CACA20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>"
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (kernel.org) <dwg@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dgibson/tags/ppc-for-2.10-20170630: (21 commits)
spapr: Clean up DRC set_isolation_state() path
spapr: Clean up DRC set_allocation_state path
spapr: Make DRC reset force DRC into known state
spapr: Split DRC release from DRC detach
spapr: Eliminate DRC 'signalled' state variable
spapr: Start hotplugged PCI devices in ISOLATED state
target-ppc: Enable open-pic timers to count and generate interrupts
hw/ppc/spapr.c: consecutive 'spapr->patb_entry = 0' statements
spapr: prevent QEMU crash when CPU realization fails
target/ppc: Proper cleanup when ppc_cpu_realizefn fails
spapr: fix migration of ICPState objects from/to older QEMU
xics: directly register ICPState objects to vmstate
target/ppc: Fix return value in tcg radix mmu fault handler
target/ppc/excp_helper: Take BQL before calling cpu_interrupt()
spapr: Fix migration of Radix guests
spapr: Add a "no HPT" encoding to HTAB migration stream
ppc: Rework CPU compatibility testing across migration
pseries: Reset CPU compatibility mode
pseries: Move CPU compatibility property to machine
qapi: add explicit null to string input and output visitors
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Old kvm.ko versions only supported a tiny number of ioeventfds so
virtio-pci avoids ioeventfds when kvm_has_many_ioeventfds() returns 0.
Do not check kvm_has_many_ioeventfds() when KVM is disabled since it
always returns 0. Since commit 8c56c1a592
("memory: emulate ioeventfd") it has been possible to use ioeventfds in
qtest or TCG mode.
This patch makes -device virtio-blk-pci,iothread=iothread0 work even
when KVM is disabled.
I have tested that virtio-blk-pci works under TCG both with and without
iothread.
This patch fixes qemu-iotests 068, which was accidentally merged early
despite the dependency on ioeventfd.
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170628184724.21378-7-stefanha@redhat.com
Message-id: 20170615163813.7255-2-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Existing tests do not touch the virtqueue used ring. Instead they poll
the virtqueue ISR register and peek into their request's device-specific
status field.
It turns out that the virtqueue ISR register can be set to 1 more than
once for a single notification (see commit
83d768b564 "virtio: set ISR on dataplane
notifications"). This causes problems for tests that assume a 1:1
correspondence between the ISR being 1 and request completion.
Peeking at device-specific status fields is also problematic if the
device has no field that can be abused for EINPROGRESS polling
semantics. This is the case if all the field's values may be set by the
device; there's no magic constant left for polling.
It's time to process the used ring for completed requests, just like a
real virtio guest driver. This patch adds the necessary APIs.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170628184724.21378-3-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
There are substantial differences in the various paths through
set_isolation_state(), both for setting to ISOLATED versus UNISOLATED
state and for logical versus physical DRCs.
So, split the set_isolation_state() method into isolate() and unisolate()
methods, and give it different implementations for the two DRC types.
Factor some minimal common checks, including for valid indicator values
(which we weren't previously checking) into rtas_set_isolation_state().
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The allocation-state indicator should only actually be implemented for
"logical" DRCs, not physical ones. Factor a check for this, and also for
valid indicator state values into rtas_set_allocation_state(). Because
they don't exist for physical DRCs, there's no reason that we'd ever want
more than one method implementation, so it can just be a plain function.
In addition, the setting to USABLE and setting to UNUSABLE paths in
set_allocation_state() don't actually have much in common. So, split the
method separate functions for each parameter value (drc_set_usable()
and drc_set_unusable()).
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The reset handler for DRCs attempts several state transitions which are
subject to various checks and restrictions. But at reset time we know
there is no guest, so we can ignore most of the usual sequencing rules and
just set the DRC back to a known state. In fact, it's safer to do so.
The existing code also has several redundant checks for
drc->awaiting_release inside a block which has already tested that. This
patch removes those and sets the DRC to a fixed initial state based only
on whether a device is currently plugged or not.
With DRCs correctly reset to a state based on device presence, we don't
need to force state transitions as cold plugged devices are processed.
This allows us to remove all the callers of the set_*_state() methods from
outside spapr_drc.c.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
spapr_drc_detach() is called when qemu generic code requests a device be
unplugged. It makes a number of tests, which could well delay further
action until later, before actually detach the device from the DRC.
This splits out the part which actually removes the device from the DRC
into spapr_drc_release(). This will be useful for further cleanups.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The 'signalled' field in the DRC appears to be entirely a torturous
workaround for the fact that PCI devices were started in UNISOLATED state
for unclear reasons.
1) 'signalled' is already meaningless for logical (so far, all non PCI)
DRCs. It's always set to true (at least at any point it might be tested),
and can't be assigned any real meaning due to the way signalling works for
logical DRCs.
2) For PCI DRCs, the only time signalled would be false is when non-zero
functions of a multifunction device are hotplugged, followed by function
zero (the other way around is explicitly not permitted). In that case the
secondary function DRCs are attached, but the notification isn't sent to
the guest until function 0 is plugged.
3) signalled being false is used to allow a DRC detach to switch mode
back to ISOLATED state, which allows a secondary function to be hotplugged
then unplugged with function 0 never inserted. Without this a secondary
function starting in UNISOLATED state couldn't be detached again without
function 0 being inserted, all the functions configured by the guest, then
sent back to ISOLATED state.
4) But now that PCI DRCs start in ISOLATED state, there's nothing to be
done. If the guest doesn't get the notification, it won't switch the
device to UNISOLATED state, so nothing prevents it from being unplugged.
If the guest does move it to UNISOLATED state without the signal (due to
a manual drmgr call, for instance) then it really isn't safe to unplug it.
So, this patch removes the signalled variable and all code related to it.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
PCI DRCs, and only PCI DRCs, are immediately moved to UNISOLATED isolation
state once the device is attached. This has been there from the initial
implementation, and it's not clear why.
The state diagram in PAPR 13.4 suggests PCI devices should start in
ISOLATED state until the guest moves them into UNISOLATED, and the code in
the guest-side drmgr tool seems to work that way too.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Previously QEMU open-pic implemented the 4 open-pic timers including
all timer registers, but the timers did not "count" or generate any
interrupts. The patch makes the timers both count and generate
interrupts. The timer clock frequency is fixed at 25MHZ.
--
Responding to V2 patch comments.
- Simplify clock frequency logic and commentary.
- Remove camelCase variables.
- Timer objects now created at init rather than lazily.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Larson <alarson@ddci.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
In ppc_spapr_reset(), if the guest is using HPT, the code was executing:
} else {
spapr->patb_entry = 0;
spapr_setup_hpt_and_vrma(spapr);
}
And, at the end of spapr_setup_hpt_and_vrma:
/* We're setting up a hash table, so that means we're not radix */
spapr->patb_entry = 0;
Resulting in spapr->patb_entry being assigned to 0 twice in a row.
Given that 'spapr_setup_hpt_and_vrma' is also called inside
'spapr_check_setup_free_hpt' of spapr_hcall.c, this trivial patch removes
the 'patb_entry = 0' assignment from the 'else' clause inside ppc_spapr_reset
to avoid this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
ICPState objects were being allocated before CPU thread realization.
However commit 9ed656631d (xics: setup cpu at realize time) reversed it
by allocating ICPState objects after CPU thread is realized. But it
didn't take care to fix the error path because of which we observe
a SIGSEGV when CPU thread realization fails during cold/hotplug.
Fix this by ensuring that we do object_unparent() of ICPState object
only in case when is was created earlier.
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
If ppc_cpu_realizefn() fails after cpu_exec_realizefn() has been
called, we will have to undo whatever cpu_exec_realizefn() did
by explicitly calling cpu_exec_unrealizeffn() which is currently
missing. Failure to do this proper cleanup will result in CPU
which was never fully realized to linger on the cpus list causing
SIGSEGV later (for eg when running "info cpus").
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Commit 5bc8d26de2 ("spapr: allocate the ICPState object from under
sPAPRCPUCore") moved ICPState objects from the machine to CPU cores.
This is an improvement since we no longer allocate ICPState objects
that will never be used. But it has the side-effect of breaking
migration of older machine types from older QEMU versions.
This patch allows spapr to register dummy "icp/server" entries to vmstate.
These entries use a dedicated VMStateDescription that can swallow and
discard state of an incoming migration stream, and that don't send anything
on outgoing migration.
As for real ICPState objects, the instance_id is the cpu_index of the
corresponding vCPU, which happens to be equal to the generated instance_id
of older machine types.
The machine can unregister/register these entries when CPUs are dynamically
plugged/unplugged.
This is only available for pseries-2.9 and older machines, thanks to a
compat property.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The ICPState objects are currently registered to vmstate as qdev objects.
Their instance ids are hence computed automatically in the migration code,
and thus depends on the order the CPU cores were plugged.
If the destination had its CPU cores plugged in a different order than the
source, then ICPState objects will have different instance_ids and load
the wrong state.
Since CPU objects have a reliable cpu_index which is already used as
instance_id in vmstate, let's use it for ICPState as well.
Please note that this doesn't break migration. Older machine types used to
allocate and realize all ICPState objects at machine init time, for the whole
lifetime of the machine. The qdev instance ids are thus 0,1,2... nr_servers
and happen to map to the vCPU indexes.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The mmu fault handler should return 0 if it was able to successfully
handle the fault and a positive value otherwise.
Currently the tcg radix mmu fault handler will return 1 after
successfully handling a fault in virtual mode. This is incorrect
so fix it so that it returns 0 in this case.
The handler already correctly returns 0 when a fault was handled
in real mode and 1 if an interrupt was generated.
Fixes: d5fee0bbe6 ("target/ppc: Implement ISA V3.00 radix page fault handler")
Signed-off-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Add a "no HPT" encoding (using value -1) to the HTAB migration
stream (in the place of HPT size) when the guest doesn't allocate HPT.
This will help the target side to match target HPT with the source HPT
and thus enable successful migration.
Suggested-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Migrating between different CPU versions is a bit complicated for ppc.
A long time ago, we ensured identical CPU versions at either end by
checking the PVR had the same value. However, this breaks under KVM
HV, because we always have to use the host's PVR - it's not
virtualized. That would mean we couldn't migrate between hosts with
different PVRs, even if the CPUs are close enough to compatible in
practice (sometimes identical cores with different surrounding logic
have different PVRs, so this happens in practice quite often).
So, we removed the PVR check, but instead checked that several flags
indicating supported instructions matched. This turns out to be a bad
idea, because those instruction masks are not architected information, but
essentially a TCG implementation detail. So changes to qemu internal CPU
modelling can break migration - this happened between qemu-2.6 and
qemu-2.7. That was addressed by 146c11f1 "target-ppc: Allow eventual
removal of old migration mistakes".
Now, verification of CPU compatibility across a migration basically doesn't
happen. We simply ignore the PVR of the incoming migration, and hope the
cpu on the destination is close enough to work.
Now that we've cleaned up handling of processor compatibility modes
for pseries machine type, we can do better. For new machine types
(pseries-2.10+) We allow migration if:
* The source and destination PVRs are for the same type of CPU, as
determined by CPU class's pvr_match function
OR * When the source was in a compatibility mode, and the destination CPU
supports the same compatibility mode
For older machine types we retain the existing behaviour - current CAS
code will usually set a compat mode which would break backwards
migration if we made them use the new behaviour. [Fixed from an
earlier version by Greg Kurz].
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrea Bolognani <abologna@redhat.com>
Currently, the CPU compatibility mode is set when the cpu is initialized,
then again when the guest negotiates features. This means if a guest
negotiates a compatibility mode, then reboots, that compatibility mode
will be retained across the reset.
Usually that will get overridden when features are negotiated on the next
boot, but it's still not really correct. This patch moves the initial set
up of the compatibility mode from cpu init to reset time. The mode *is*
retained if the reboot was caused by the feature negotiation (it might
be important in that case, though it's unlikely).
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Reviewed-by: Michael Roth <mdroth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrea Bolognani <abologna@redhat.com>
Server class POWER CPUs have a "compat" property, which is used to set the
backwards compatibility mode for the processor. However, this only makes
sense for machine types which don't give the guest access to hypervisor
privilege - otherwise the compatibility level is under the guest's control.
To reflect this, this removes the CPU 'compat' property and instead
creates a 'max-cpu-compat' property on the pseries machine. Strictly
speaking this breaks compatibility, but AFAIK the 'compat' option was
never (directly) used with -device or device_add.
The option was used with -cpu. So, to maintain compatibility, this
patch adds a hack to the cpu option parsing to strip out any compat
options supplied with -cpu and set them on the machine property
instead of the now deprecated cpu property.
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Tested-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Andrea Bolognani <abologna@redhat.com>
When using the 40p machine, soundhw_init() is currently called twice,
one time from vl.c and one time from ibm_40p_init(). The call in
ibm_40p_init() was likely just a copy-and-paste from a old version
of the prep machine - but there the call to audio_init() (which was
the previous name of this function) has been removed many years ago
already, with commit b3e6d591b0
("audio: enable PCI audio cards for all PCI-enabled targets"), so
we certainly also do not need the soundhw_init() in the 40p function
anymore nowadays.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sahid Ferdjaoui <sferdjao@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Hervé Poussineau <hpoussin@reactos.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
HMP pull 2017-06-29
# gpg: Signature made Thu 29 Jun 2017 17:27:55 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x0516331EBC5BFDE7
# gpg: Good signature from "Dr. David Alan Gilbert (RH2) <dgilbert@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 45F5 C71B 4A0C B7FB 977A 9FA9 0516 331E BC5B FDE7
* remotes/dgilbert/tags/pull-hmp-20170629:
Add chardev-send-break monitor command
monitor: Add -a (all) option to info registers
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Sending a break on a serial console can be useful for debugging the
guest. But not all chardev backends support sending breaks (only telnet
and mux do). The chardev-send-break command allows to send a break even
if using other backends.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Fritsch <sf@sfritsch.de>
Acked-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170611074817.13621-1-sf@sfritsch.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Use 'send a break' in all 3 pieces of text as suggested by eblake
The info registers command in the qemu monitor is used to dump register
values.
Currently this command uses the monitor cpu (which can be set by the
user) as the cpu for whose registers will be dumped. Sometimes it is
useful to see the registers for all cpus and currently this requires
setting the monitor cpu and the re-running the command for each cpu
in the system. I would be nice if there was an easier way to do this.
Add the "-a" option to the info registers command to dump the register
values for all cpus.
Signed-off-by: Suraj Jitindar Singh <sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20170608054116.17203-1-sjitindarsingh@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
- fixes a minor bug that could possibly prevent old guests to remove
directories
- makes default permissions for new files configurable from the cmdline
when using mapped security modes
- handle transport errors
- g_malloc()+memcpy() converted to g_memdup()
# gpg: Signature made Thu 29 Jun 2017 14:12:42 BST
# gpg: using DSA key 0x02FC3AEB0101DBC2
# gpg: Good signature from "Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>"
# gpg: aka "Greg Kurz <groug@free.fr>"
# gpg: aka "Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>"
# gpg: aka "Gregory Kurz (Groug) <groug@free.fr>"
# gpg: aka "[jpeg image of size 3330]"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 2BD4 3B44 535E C0A7 9894 DBA2 02FC 3AEB 0101 DBC2
* remotes/gkurz/tags/for-upstream:
9pfs: handle transport errors in pdu_complete()
xen-9pfs: disconnect if buffers are misconfigured
virtio-9p: break device if buffers are misconfigured
virtio-9p: message header is 7-byte long
virtio-9p: record element after sanity checks
9pfs: replace g_malloc()+memcpy() with g_memdup()
9pfs: local: Add support for custom fmode/dmode in 9ps mapped security modes
9pfs: local: remove: use correct path component
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The [NSEvent modifierFlags] method returns an NSEventModifierFlags type value in Mac OS 10.10. It use to be of type NSUInteger. Replacing NSEventModifierFlags with NSUInteger allows for the cooca.m file to be compiled on older versions of Mac OS. This patch was been tested on Mac OS 10.6 and Mac OS 10.12 without problem.
Signed-off-by: John Arbuckle <programmingkidx@gmail.com>
Message-id: F6C36C1A-4661-48F4-BEA6-3994889927D0@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
It is hard to analyze trace logs with multiple virtio-blk devices
because none of the trace events include the VirtIODevice *vdev.
This patch adds vdev so it's clear which device a request is associated
with.
I considered using VirtIOBlock *s instead but VirtIODevice *vdev is more
general and may be correlated with generic virtio trace events like
virtio_set_status.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <famz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170614092930.11234-1-stefanha@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Contrary to what is written in the comment, a buggy guest can misconfigure
the transport buffers and pdu_marshal() may return an error. If this ever
happens, it is up to the transport layer to handle the situation (9P is
transport agnostic).
This fixes Coverity issue CID1348518.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Implement xen_9pfs_disconnect by unbinding the event channels. On
xen_9pfs_free, call disconnect if any event channels haven't been
disconnected.
If the frontend misconfigured the buffers set the backend to "Closing"
and disconnect it. Misconfigurations include requesting a read of more
bytes than available on the ring buffer, or claiming to be writing more
data than available on the ring buffer.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano@aporeto.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
The 9P protocol is transport agnostic: if the guest misconfigured the
buffers, the best we can do is to set the broken flag on the device.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
The 9p spec at http://man.cat-v.org/plan_9/5/intro reads:
"Each 9P message begins with a four-byte size field specify-
ing the length in bytes of the complete message including
the four bytes of the size field itself. The next byte is
the message type, one of the constants in the enumeration in
the include file <fcall.h>. The next two bytes are an iden-
tifying tag, described below."
ie, each message starts with a 7-byte long header.
The core 9P code already assumes this pretty much everywhere. This patch
does the following:
- makes the assumption explicit in the common 9p.h header, since it isn't
related to the transport
- open codes the header size in handle_9p_output() and hardens the sanity
check on the space needed for the reply message
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Acked-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
If the guest sends a malformed request, we end up with a dangling pointer
in V9fsVirtioState. This doesn't seem to cause any bug, but let's remove
this side effect anyway.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
I found these pattern via grepping the source tree. I don't have a
coccinelle script for it!
Signed-off-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
In mapped security modes, files are created with very restrictive
permissions (600 for files and 700 for directories). This makes
file sharing between virtual machines and users on the host rather
complicated. Imagine eg. a group of users that need to access data
produced by processes on a virtual machine. Giving those users access
to the data will be difficult since the group access mode is always 0.
This patch makes the default mode for both files and directories
configurable. Existing setups that don't know about the new parameters
keep using the current secure behavior.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Commit a0e640a8 introduced a path processing error.
Pass fstatat the dirpath based path component instead
of the entire path.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Rogers <brogers@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
migration/next for 20170628
# gpg: Signature made Wed 28 Jun 2017 12:16:44 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xF487EF185872D723
# gpg: Good signature from "Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>"
# gpg: aka "Juan Quintela <quintela@trasno.org>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 1899 FF8E DEBF 58CC EE03 4B82 F487 EF18 5872 D723
* remotes/juanquintela/tags/migration/20170628:
exec: fix access to ram_list.dirty_memory when sync dirty bitmap
migration: add "return-path" capability
vmstate: error hint for failed equal checks
migration: add comment for TYPE_MIGRATE
migration: hmp: dump globals
migration: merge enforce_config_section somewhat
migration: move skip_section_footers
migration: move skip_configuration out
migration: move only_migratable to MigrationState
migration: move global_state.optional out
migration: let MigrationState be a qdev
vl: clean up global property registration
accel: introduce AccelClass.global_props
machine: export register_compat_prop()
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Xen 2017/06/27
# gpg: Signature made Tue 27 Jun 2017 23:02:43 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x894F8F4870E1AE90
# gpg: Good signature from "Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>"
# gpg: aka "Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>"
# Primary key fingerprint: D04E 33AB A51F 67BA 07D3 0AEA 894F 8F48 70E1 AE90
* remotes/sstabellini/tags/xen-20170627-tag:
xen-disk: add support for multi-page shared rings
xen-disk: only advertize feature-persistent if grant copy is not available
xen/disk: don't leak stack data via response ring
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The 32-bit PPC auxv is a bit complicated because in the
mists of time it used to be 16-aligned rather than directly
after the environment. Older glibc versions had code to
try to probe for whether it needed alignment or not:
https://sourceware.org/git/?p=glibc.git;a=blob;f=sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/powerpc/dl-sysdep.c;hb=e84eabb3871c9b39e59323bf3f6b98c2ca9d1cd0
and the kernel has code which puts some magic entries at
the bottom to ensure that the alignment probe fails:
http://elixir.free-electrons.com/linux/latest/source/arch/powerpc/include/asm/elf.h#L158
QEMU has similar code too, but it was broken by commit
7c4ee5bcc8, which changed elfload.c from filling in
the auxv starting at the highest address and working down
to starting at the lowest address and working up. This
means that the ARCH_DLINFO hook must now be invoked first
rather than last, and the entries in it for PPC must
be reversed so that the magic AT_IGNOREPPC entries come
at the lowest address in the auxv as they should.
The effect of this was that if running a guest binary that
used an old glibc with the alignment probing the guest ld.so
code would segfault if the size of the guest environment and
argv happened to put the auxv at an address that triggered
the alignment code in the guest glibc.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Tested-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Message-id: 1498582198-6649-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In cpu_physical_memory_sync_dirty_bitmap(rb, start, ...), the 2nd
argument 'start' is relative to the start of the ramblock 'rb'. When
it's used to access the dirty memory bitmap of ram_list (i.e.
ram_list.dirty_memory[DIRTY_MEMORY_MIGRATION]->blocks[]), an offset to
the start of all RAM (i.e. rb->offset) should be added to it, which has
however been missed since c/s 6b6712efcc. For a ramblock of host memory
backend whose offset is not zero, cpu_physical_memory_sync_dirty_bitmap()
synchronizes the incorrect part of the dirty memory bitmap of ram_list
to the per ramblock dirty bitmap. As a result, a guest with host
memory backend may crash after migration.
Fix it by adding the offset of ramblock when accessing the dirty memory
bitmap of ram_list in cpu_physical_memory_sync_dirty_bitmap().
Reported-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Haozhong Zhang <haozhong.zhang@intel.com>
Message-Id: <20170628083704.24997-1-haozhong.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
When this capability is enabled, QEMU will use the return path even for
precopy migration. This is helpful at least in one case when destination
failed to load the image while source quited without confirmation. With
return path, source will wait for the last response from destination,
and if destination fails, it'll fail the migration on source, then the
guest can be run again on the source (rather than assuming to be good,
then the guest will be lost after source quits).
It needs to be enabled explicitly on source, otherwise disabled.
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498472935-14461-1-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
In some cases a failing VMSTATE_*_EQUAL does not mean we detected a bug,
but it's actually the best we can do. Especially in these cases a verbose
error message is required.
Let's introduce infrastructure for specifying a error hint to be used if
equal check fails. Let's do this by adding a parameter to the _EQUAL
macros called _err_hint. Also change all current users to pass NULL as
last parameter so nothing changes for them.
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20170623144823.42936-1-pasic@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Now we have some globals that can be configured for migration. Dump them
in HMP info migration for better debugging.
(we can also use this to monitor whether COMPAT fields are applied
correctly on compatible machines)
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-11-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
These two parameters:
- MachineState::enforce_config_section
- MigrationState::send_configuration
are playing similar role here. This patch merges the first one into
second, then we'll have a single place to reference whether we need to
send the configuration section.
I didn't remove the MachineState.enforce_config_section field since when
applying that machine property (in machine_set_property()) we haven't
yet initialized global properties and migration object. Then, it's
still not easy to pass that boolean to MigrationState at such an early
time.
A natural benefit for current patch is that now we kept the meaning of
"enforce-config-section" since it'll still have the highest
priority (that's what "enforce" mean I guess).
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-10-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
It was in SaveState but now moved to MigrationState altogether, reverted
its meaning, then renamed to "send_configuration". Again, using
HW_COMPAT_2_3 for old PC/SPAPR machines, and accel_register_prop() for
xen_init().
Removing savevm_skip_configuration().
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-8-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
One less global variable, and it does only matter with migration.
We keep the old "--only-migratable" option, but also now we support:
-global migration.only-migratable=true
Currently still keep the old interface.
Hmm, now vl.c has no way to access migrate_get_current(). Export a
function for it to setup only_migratable.
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-7-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Put it into MigrationState then we can use the properties to specify
whether to enable storing global state.
Removing global_state_set_optional() since now we can use HW_COMPAT_2_3
for x86/power, and AccelClass.global_props for Xen.
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-6-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Let the old man "MigrationState" join the object family. Direct benefit
is that we can start to use all the property features derived from
current QDev, like: HW_COMPAT_* bits, command line setup for migration
parameters (so will never need to set them up each time using HMP/QMP,
this is really, really attractive for test writters), etc.
I see no reason to disallow this happen yet. So let's start from this
one, to see whether it would be anything good.
Now we init the MigrationState struct statically in main() to make sure
it's initialized after global properties are applied, since we'll use
them during creation of the object.
No functional change at all.
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-5-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
It's not that clear on how the global properties are registered to
global_props (and also its priority relationship). Let's provide a
single function to be called in main() for that, with comment to explain
it a bit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-4-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Introduce this new field for the accelerator classes so that each
specific accelerator in the future can register its own global
properties to be used further by the system. It works just like how the
old machine compatible properties do, but only tailored for
accelerators.
Introduce register_compat_props_array() for it. Export it so that it may
be used in other codes as well in the future.
Suggested-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-3-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
We have HW_COMPAT_*, however that's only bound to machines, not other
things (like accelerators). Behind it, it was register_compat_prop()
that played the trick. Let's export the function for further use
outside HW_COMPAT_* magic.
Meanwhile, move it to qdev-properties.c where seems more proper (since
it'll be used not only in machine codes).
Signed-off-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1498536619-14548-2-git-send-email-peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
The blkif protocol has had provision for negotiation of multi-page shared
rings for some time now and many guest OS have support in their frontend
drivers.
This patch makes the necessary modifications to xen-disk support a shared
ring up to order 4 (i.e. 16 pages).
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
If grant copy is available then it will always be used in preference to
persistent maps. In this case feature-persistent should not be advertized
to the frontend, otherwise it may needlessly copy data into persistently
granted buffers.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Rather than constructing a local structure instance on the stack, fill
the fields directly on the shared ring, just like other (Linux)
backends do. Build on the fact that all response structure flavors are
actually identical (aside from alignment and padding at the end).
This is XSA-216.
Reported by: Anthony Perard <anthony.perard@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Anthony PERARD <anthony.perard@citrix.com>
edgar/mmio-exec-v2.for-upstream
# gpg: Signature made Tue 27 Jun 2017 16:22:30 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x29C596780F6BCA83
# gpg: Good signature from "Edgar E. Iglesias (Xilinx key) <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>"
# gpg: aka "Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@gmail.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: AC44 FEDC 14F7 F1EB EDBF 4151 29C5 9678 0F6B CA83
* remotes/edgar/tags/edgar/mmio-exec-v2.for-upstream:
xilinx_spips: allow mmio execution
exec: allow to get a pointer for some mmio memory region
introduce mmio_interface
qdev: add MemoryRegion property
cputlb: fix the way get_page_addr_code fills the tlb
cputlb: move get_page_addr_code
cputlb: cleanup get_page_addr_code to use VICTIM_TLB_HIT
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This allows to execute from the lqspi area.
When the request_ptr is called the device loads 1024bytes from the SPI device.
Then this code can be executed by the guest.
Tested-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: KONRAD Frederic <fred.konrad@greensocs.com>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
This introduces a special callback which allows to run code from some MMIO
devices.
SysBusDevice with a MemoryRegion which implements the request_ptr callback will
be notified when the guest try to execute code from their offset. Then it will
be able to eg: pre-load some code from an SPI device or ask a pointer from an
external simulator, etc..
When the pointer or the data in it are no longer valid the device has to
invalidate it.
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: KONRAD Frederic <fred.konrad@greensocs.com>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
get_page_addr_code(..) does a cpu_ldub_code to fill the tlb:
This can lead to some side effects if a device is mapped at this address.
So this patch replaces the cpu_memory_ld by a tlb_fill.
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: KONRAD Frederic <fred.konrad@greensocs.com>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Block layer patches
# gpg: Signature made Mon 26 Jun 2017 14:07:32 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0x7F09B272C88F2FD6
# gpg: Good signature from "Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: DC3D EB15 9A9A F95D 3D74 56FE 7F09 B272 C88F 2FD6
* remotes/kevin/tags/for-upstream: (60 commits)
qemu-img: don't shadow opts variable in img_dd()
block: Do not strcmp() with NULL uri->scheme
blkverify: Catch bs->exact_filename overflow
blkdebug: Catch bs->exact_filename overflow
fix: avoid an infinite loop or a dangling pointer problem in img_commit
block: change variable names in BlockDriverState
block: Remove bdrv_aio_readv/writev/flush()
qed: Use bdrv_co_* for coroutine_fns
qed: Add coroutine_fn to I/O path functions
qed: Use a coroutine for need_check_timer
qed: Simplify request handling
qed: Use CoQueue for serialising allocations
qed: Implement .bdrv_co_readv/writev
qed: Remove recursion in qed_aio_next_io()
qed: Remove ret argument from qed_aio_next_io()
qed: Add return value to qed_aio_read/write_data()
qed: Add return value to qed_aio_write_inplace/alloc()
qed: Add return value to qed_aio_write_cow()
qed: Add return value to qed_aio_write_main()
qed: Add return value to qed_aio_write_l2_update()
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Block patches for the block queue
# gpg: Signature made Mon Jun 26 14:56:24 2017 CEST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xF407DB0061D5CF40
# gpg: Good signature from "Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>"
# Primary key fingerprint: 91BE B60A 30DB 3E88 57D1 1829 F407 DB00 61D5 CF40
* mreitz/tags/pull-block-2017-06-26:
qemu-img: don't shadow opts variable in img_dd()
block: Do not strcmp() with NULL uri->scheme
blkverify: Catch bs->exact_filename overflow
blkdebug: Catch bs->exact_filename overflow
fix: avoid an infinite loop or a dangling pointer problem in img_commit
block: change variable names in BlockDriverState
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
uri_parse(...)->scheme may be NULL. In fact, probably every field may be
NULL, and the callers do test this for all of the other fields but not
for scheme (except for block/gluster.c; block/vxhs.c does not access
that field at all).
We can easily fix this by using g_strcmp0() instead of strcmp().
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20170613205726.13544-1-mreitz@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
All functions that are marked coroutine_fn can directly call the
bdrv_co_* version of functions instead of going through the wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Manos Pitsidianakis <el13635@mail.ntua.gr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Now that we stay in coroutine context for the whole request when doing
reads or writes, we can add coroutine_fn annotations to many functions
that can do I/O or yield directly.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
This fixes the last place where we degraded from AIO to actual blocking
synchronous I/O requests. Putting it into a coroutine means that instead
of blocking, the coroutine simply yields while doing I/O.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Now that we process a request in the same coroutine from beginning to
end and don't drop out of it any more, we can look like a proper
coroutine-based driver and simply call qed_aio_next_io() and get a
return value from it instead of spawning an additional coroutine that
reenters the parent when it's done.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Now that we're running in coroutine context, the ad-hoc serialisation
code (which drops a request that has to wait out of coroutine context)
can be replaced by a CoQueue.
This means that when we resume a serialised request, it is running in
coroutine context again and its I/O isn't blocking any more.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Most of the qed code is now synchronous and matches the coroutine model.
One notable exception is the serialisation between requests which can
still schedule a callback. Before we can replace this with coroutine
locks, let's convert the driver's external interfaces to the coroutine
versions.
We need to be careful to handle both requests that call the completion
callback directly from the calling coroutine (i.e. fully synchronous
code) and requests that involve some callback, so that we need to yield
and wait for the completion callback coming from outside the coroutine.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Manos Pitsidianakis <el13635@mail.ntua.gr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Instead of calling itself recursively as the last thing, just convert
qed_aio_next_io() into a loop.
This patch is best reviewed with 'git show -w' because most of it is
just whitespace changes.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
While refactoring qed_aio_write_alloc() to accomodate the change,
qed_aio_write_zero_cluster() ended up with a single line, so I chose to
inline that line and remove the function completely.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Don't recurse into qed_aio_next_io() and qed_aio_complete() here, but
just return an error code and let the caller handle it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
qed_commit_l2_update() is unconditionally called at the end of
qed_aio_write_l1_update(). Inline it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
The GenericCB infrastructure isn't used any more. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
With this change, qed_aio_write_prefill() and qed_aio_write_postfill()
collapse into a single function. This is reflected by a rename of the
combined function to qed_aio_write_cow().
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Instead of passing the return value to a callback, return it to the
caller so that the callback can be inlined there.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Note that this code is generally not running in coroutine context, so
this is an actual blocking synchronous operation. We'll fix this in a
moment.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
The qed driver serialises allocating write requests. When the active
allocation is finished, the AIO callback is called, but after this, the
next allocating request is immediately processed instead of leaving the
coroutine. Resuming another allocation request in the same request
coroutine means that the request now runs in the wrong coroutine.
The following is one of the possible effects of this: The completed
request will generally reenter its request coroutine in a bottom half,
expecting that it completes the request in bdrv_driver_pwritev().
However, if the second request actually yielded before leaving the
coroutine, the reused request coroutine is in an entirely different
place and is reentered prematurely. Not a good idea.
Let's make sure that we exit the coroutine after completing the first
request by resuming the next allocating request only with a bottom
half.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
We already have functions for doing these calculations, so let's use
them instead of doing everything by hand. This makes the code a bit
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
If the guest tries to write data that results on the allocation of a
new cluster, instead of writing the guest data first and then the data
from the COW regions, write everything together using one single I/O
operation.
This can improve the write performance by 25% or more, depending on
several factors such as the media type, the cluster size and the I/O
request size.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Instead of passing a single buffer pointer to do_perform_cow_write(),
pass a QEMUIOVector. This will allow us to merge the write requests
for the COW regions and the actual data into a single one.
Although do_perform_cow_read() does not strictly need to change its
API, we're doing it here as well for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reading both COW regions requires two separate requests, but it's
perfectly possible to merge them and perform only one. This generally
improves performance, particularly on rotating disk drives. The
downside is that the data in the middle region is read but discarded.
This patch takes a conservative approach and only merges reads when
the size of the middle region is <= 16KB.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This patch splits do_perform_cow() into three separate functions to
read, encrypt and write the COW regions.
perform_cow() can now read both regions first, then encrypt them and
finally write them to disk. The memory allocation is also done in
this function now, using one single buffer large enough to hold both
regions.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Instead of calling perform_cow() twice with a different COW region
each time, call it just once and make perform_cow() handle both
regions.
This patch simply moves code around. The next one will do the actual
reordering of the COW operations.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Qcow2COWRegion has two attributes:
- The offset of the COW region from the start of the first cluster
touched by the I/O request. Since it's always going to be positive
and the maximum request size is at most INT_MAX, we can use a
regular unsigned int to store this offset.
- The size of the COW region in bytes. This is guaranteed to be >= 0,
so we should use an unsigned type instead.
In x86_64 this reduces the size of Qcow2COWRegion from 16 to 8 bytes.
It will also help keep some assertions simpler now that we know that
there are no negative numbers.
The prototype of do_perform_cow() is also updated to reflect these
changes.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
We are using the return value of qcow2_encrypt_sectors() to detect
problems but we are throwing away the returned Error since we have no
way to report it to the user. Therefore we can simply get rid of the
local Error variable and pass NULL instead.
Alternatively we could try to figure out a way to pass the original
error instead of simply returning -EIO, but that would be more
invasive, so let's keep the current approach.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Add the ability for the NVMe model to support both the RDS and WDS
modes in the Controller Memory Buffer.
Although not currently supported in the upstreamed Linux kernel a fork
with support exists [1] and user-space test programs that build on
this also exist [2].
Useful for testing CMB functionality in preperation for real CMB
enabled NVMe devices (coming soon).
[1] https://github.com/sbates130272/linux-p2pmem
[2] https://github.com/sbates130272/p2pmem-test
Signed-off-by: Stephen Bates <sbates@raithlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Perform the savevm/loadvm test with both iothread on and off. This
covers the recently found savevm/loadvm hang when iothread is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
The legacy -hda option does not support -drive/-device parameters. They
will be required by the next patch that extends this test case.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
migration_incoming_state_destroy() uses qemu_fclose() on the vmstate
file. Make sure to call it inside an AioContext acquire/release region.
This fixes an 'qemu: qemu_mutex_unlock: Operation not permitted' abort
in loadvm.
This patch closes the vmstate file before ending the drained region.
Previously we closed the vmstate file after ending the drained region.
The order does not matter.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
There used to be throttle_timers_{detach,attach}_aio_context() calls
in bdrv_set_aio_context(), but since 7ca7f0f6db
they are now in blk_set_aio_context().
Signed-off-by: Alberto Garcia <berto@igalia.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
This documents the driver-specific options for the raw, qcow2 and file
block drivers for the man page. For everything else, we refer to the
QAPI documentation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
This adds documentation for the -blockdev options that apply to all
nodes independent of the block driver used.
All options that are shared by -blockdev and -drive are now explained in
the section for -blockdev. The documentation of -drive mentions that all
-blockdev options are accepted as well.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
blk/bdrv_drain_all() only takes effect for a single instant and then
resumes block jobs, guest devices, and other external clients like the
NBD server. This can be handy when performing a synchronous drain
before terminating the program, for example.
Monitor commands usually need to quiesce I/O across an entire code
region so blk/bdrv_drain_all() is not suitable. They must use
bdrv_drain_all_begin/end() to mark the region. This prevents new I/O
requests from slipping in or worse - block jobs completing and modifying
the graph.
I audited other blk/bdrv_drain_all() callers but did not find anything
that needs a similar fix. This patch fixes the savevm/loadvm commands.
Although I haven't encountered a read world issue this makes the code
safer.
Suggested-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
AioContext was designed to allow nested acquire/release calls. It uses
a recursive mutex so callers don't need to worry about nesting...or so
we thought.
BDRV_POLL_WHILE() is used to wait for block I/O requests. It releases
the AioContext temporarily around aio_poll(). This gives IOThreads a
chance to acquire the AioContext to process I/O completions.
It turns out that recursive locking and BDRV_POLL_WHILE() don't mix.
BDRV_POLL_WHILE() only releases the AioContext once, so the IOThread
will not be able to acquire the AioContext if it was acquired
multiple times.
Instead of trying to release AioContext n times in BDRV_POLL_WHILE(),
this patch simply avoids nested locking in save_vmstate(). It's the
simplest fix and we should step back to consider the big picture with
all the recent changes to block layer threading.
This patch is the final fix to solve 'savevm' hanging with -object
iothread.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Calling aio_poll() directly may have been fine previously, but this is
the future, man! The difference between an aio_poll() loop and
BDRV_POLL_WHILE() is that BDRV_POLL_WHILE() releases the AioContext
around aio_poll().
This allows the IOThread to run fd handlers or BHs to complete the
request. Failure to release the AioContext causes deadlocks.
Using BDRV_POLL_WHILE() partially fixes a 'savevm' hang with -object
iothread.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Call bdrv_inc/dec_in_flight() for vmstate reads/writes. This seems
unnecessary at first glance because vmstate reads/writes are done
synchronously while the guest is stopped. But we need the bdrv_wakeup()
in bdrv_dec_in_flight() so the main loop sees request completion.
Besides, it's cleaner to count vmstate reads/writes like ordinary
read/write requests.
The bdrv_wakeup() partially fixes a 'savevm' hang with -object iothread.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
When qemu is exited, all running jobs should be cancelled successfully.
This adds a test for this for all types of block jobs that currently
exist in qemu.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
After _cleanup_qemu(), test cases should be able to start the next qemu
process and call _cleanup_qemu() for that one as well. For this to work
cleanly, we need to improve the cleanup so that the second invocation
doesn't try to kill the qemu instances from the first invocation a
second time (which would result in error messages).
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
commit_complete() can't assume that after its block_job_completed() the
job is actually immediately freed; someone else may still be holding
references. In this case, the op blockers on the intermediate nodes make
the graph reconfiguration in the completion code fail.
Call block_job_remove_all_bdrv() manually so that we know for sure that
any blockers on intermediate nodes are given up.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
We want the wide character functions from the ncurses header.
Unfortunately it doesn't provide them by default, but only
if either:
* NCURSES_WIDECHAR is defined (for ncurses 20111030 and up)
* _XOPEN_SOURCE/_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED are suitably defined
So far we have been implicitly relying on the latter, because
for GNU libc when we define _GNU_SOURCE this causes libc
to define the _XOPEN_SOURCE macros for us. Unfortunately
this doesn't work on all libcs, because some (like OSX and
musl libc) do not define _XOPEN_SOURCE when _GNU_SOURCE
is defined.
We can't fix this by defining _XOPEN_SOURCE ourselves, because
that also means "and don't provide any functions that aren't in
that standard", and not all libcs provide any way to override
that to also get the non-standard functions. In particular
FreeBSD has no such mechanism, and OSX's _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
doesn't reenable everything (for instance getpagesize()
is still not prototyped if _DARWIN_C_SOURCE and _XOPEN_SOURCE
are both defined).
So we have to define NCURSES_WIDECHAR. (This will only work
if your ncurses is at least 20111030, as older versions
don't honour this macro.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Message-id: 1496414138-7622-1-git-send-email-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Let's keep it very simple for now and flush the complete tlb,
we currently can't find the right entries in our tlb, we would have
to store the used tables for each element.
As we now fully implement the DAT-enhancement facility, we can allow to
enable it for the qemu CPU model.
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170622094151.28633-4-david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Most of the PSW bits that were being copied into TB->flags
are not relevant to translation. Removing those that are
unnecessary reduces the amount of translation required.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Missed the proper alignment in TRTO/TRTT, and ignoring the M3
field for all TRXX insns without ETF2-ENH.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This facility bit includes execution-hint, load-and-trap,
miscellaneous-instruction-extensions and processor-assist.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This facility bit includes load-on-condition-2 and
load-and-zero-rightmost-byte.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This facility bit includes DFP-rounding, FPR-GR-transfer,
FPS-sign-handling, and IEEE-exception-simulation. We do
support all of these.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
This adds support for the MOVE WITH OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (MVCOS)
instruction. Allow to enable it for the qemu cpu model using
qemu-system-s390x ... -cpu qemu,mvcos=on ...
This allows to boot linux kernel that uses it for uacccess.
We are missing (as for most other part) low address protection checks,
PSW key / storage key checks and support for AR-mode.
We fake an ADDRESSING exception when called from problem state (which
seems to rely on PSW key checks to be in place) and if AR-mode is used.
user mode will always see a PRIVILEDGED exception.
This patch is based on an original patch by Miroslav Benes (thanks!).
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20170614133819.18480-3-david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
The FAC_ names were placeholders prior to the introduction
of the current facility modeling.
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
pull-seccomp-20170622
# gpg: Signature made Thu 22 Jun 2017 09:01:01 BST
# gpg: using RSA key 0xDF32E7C0F0FFF9A2
# gpg: Good signature from "Eduardo Otubo (Senior Software Engineer) <otubo@redhat.com>"
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: D67E 1B50 9374 86B4 0723 DBAB DF32 E7C0 F0FF F9A2
* remotes/otubo/tags/pull-seccomp-20170622:
MAINTAINERS: seccomp: change email contact for Eduardo Otubo
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Programs running inside of QEMU can sometimes use more CPU time than is really
needed. To solve this problem, we just need to throttle the virtual CPU. This
feature will stop laptops from burning up.
This patch adds a menu called Speed that has menu items from 100% to 1% that
represent the speed options. 100% is full speed and 1% is slowest.
Signed-off-by: John Arbuckle <programmingkidx@gmail.com>
Message-id: D6FAAABF-064D-49C0-B572-C73679F34052@gmail.com
[PMM: Moved "mark 100% menu item as checked initially" code to
after menu item is allocated, not before it]
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
As of release 10.12.4, OS X (Sierra) refuses to boot unless the
AppleSMC supports an additional I/O port, expected to provide an
error status code.
Update the [cmd|data]_write() and data_read() methods to implement
the required state machine, and add I/O region & methods to handle
access to the error port.
Originally proposed by Eric Shelton <eshelton@pobox.com> based in
part on FakeSMC (git://git.assembla.com/fakesmc.git).
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Somlo <gsomlo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Phil Dennis-Jordan <phil@philjordan.eu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 1497639316-22202-3-git-send-email-gsomlo@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
If properly preceded by qio_channel_detach_aio_context, this function really
has nothing to do except setting ioc->ctx.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
2017-05-26 10:38:08 +01:00
889 changed files with 38151 additions and 13581 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
